summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2024-02-01 03:00:51 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2024-02-01 03:00:51 +0000
commita494a509f3f4a13a450c898488155f7aa5353bd3 (patch)
treeab11a3116dfe36f273b0eefe1a7abb556253a9c8 /macros/latex/contrib/refstyle
parent79e1bbc1ad6b308aa2074540b2afd43b6a72ce03 (diff)
CTAN sync 202402010300
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/refstyle')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/README140
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.dtx2421
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.pdfbin292980 -> 303725 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.cfg571
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.dtx3591
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.ins189
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdfbin484262 -> 485427 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.sty327
8 files changed, 3166 insertions, 4073 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/README b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/README
index e33a537d59..93d23dc15e 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/README
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/README
@@ -1,70 +1,70 @@
- The refstyle package
- For extended references
-
-File: README
-Author: Danie Els
-
-DESCRIPTION
-===========
-
-The package provides a user interface to define sets of reference
-and label commands for each referable object such as an equation or
-a table, etc.
-
-Copyright: 2002--2010 Danie Els
-Licence: LPPL
-
-FILES IN DISTRIBUTION
-=====================
-
- BASE DISTRIBUTION:
-
- README This file.
- refstyle.ins Package installation file.
- refstyle.dtx Package source file.
- refconfig.dtx Package configuration source file.
-
- refstyle.sty
- refstyle.cfg Package style and config files. Was produced by
- executing "latex refstyle.ins".
-
- DOCUMENTATION:
-
- refstyle.pdf User manual for refstyle package. It was
- produced by executing:
-
- latex refstyle.ins
-
- pdflatex refstyle.dtx
- pdflatex refstyle.dtx
- makeindex -s gglo.ist -o refstyle.gls refstyle.glo
- makeindex -s gind.ist -o refstyle.ind refstyle.idx
- pdflatex refstyle.dtx
- pdflatex refstyle.dtx
-
- refconfig.pdf Configuration manual for refstyle package. Produced
- form refconfig.dtx in the same manner as above.
-
-
-BASIC INSTALLATION
-====================
-
- The minimum requirement to use the package is the to have
- refstyle.sty and refstyle.cfg in a directory where TeX can find it.
-
- For a basic installation on a TDS compliant system, move the following
- files to the following directories:
-
- <texmf>/tex/latex/refstyle/
- refstyle.sty
- refstyle.cfg
-
- <texmf>/source/latex/refstyle/
- refstyle.ins
- refstyle.dtx
- refconfig.dtx
-
- <texmf>/doc/latex/refstyle/
- README
- refstyle.pdf
- refconfig.pdf
+ The refstyle package
+ For extended references
+
+File: README
+Author: Danie Els
+
+DESCRIPTION
+===========
+
+The package provides a user interface to define sets of reference
+and label commands for each referable object such as an equation or
+a table, etc.
+
+Copyright: 2002--2024 Danie Els
+Licence: LPPL
+
+FILES IN DISTRIBUTION
+=====================
+
+ BASE DISTRIBUTION:
+
+ README This file.
+ refstyle.ins Package installation file.
+ refstyle.dtx Package source file.
+ refconfig.dtx Package configuration source file.
+
+ refstyle.sty
+ refstyle.cfg Package style and config files. Was produced by
+ executing "latex refstyle.ins".
+
+ DOCUMENTATION:
+
+ refstyle.pdf User manual for refstyle package. It was
+ produced by executing:
+
+ latex refstyle.ins
+
+ pdflatex refstyle.dtx
+ pdflatex refstyle.dtx
+ makeindex -s gglo.ist -o refstyle.gls refstyle.glo
+ makeindex -s gind.ist -o refstyle.ind refstyle.idx
+ pdflatex refstyle.dtx
+ pdflatex refstyle.dtx
+
+ refconfig.pdf Configuration manual for refstyle package. Produced
+ form refconfig.dtx in the same manner as above.
+
+
+BASIC INSTALLATION
+====================
+
+ The minimum requirement to use the package is the to have
+ refstyle.sty and refstyle.cfg in a directory where TeX can find it.
+
+ For a basic installation on a TDS compliant system, move the following
+ files to the following directories:
+
+ <texmf>/tex/latex/refstyle/
+ refstyle.sty
+ refstyle.cfg
+
+ <texmf>/source/latex/refstyle/
+ refstyle.ins
+ refstyle.dtx
+ refconfig.dtx
+
+ <texmf>/doc/latex/refstyle/
+ README
+ refstyle.pdf
+ refconfig.pdf
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.dtx
index a603d8e135..22a675b8ac 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.dtx
@@ -1,1212 +1,1209 @@
-% \iffalse
-%
-% refconfig.dtx
-% Copyright (C) 2002--2010 Danie Els
-%
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-% The refstyle package
-% for the formatting of references
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
-% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this
-% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-% of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%
-% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status)
-% by Danie Els (dnjels@sun.ac.za).
-%
-% This package consists of the files: refstyle.dtx
-% refconfig.dtx
-% refstyle.ins
-% and the derived files: refstyle.sty
-% refstyle.cfg
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%
-%<*driver>
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
- \EnableCrossrefs
- \CodelineIndex
- \RecordChanges
-\usepackage{color}
-\usepackage{framed}
- \setlength{\FrameSep}{1\fboxsep}
- \definecolor{shadecolor}{gray}{0.9}
- \newenvironment{RSframed}{\shaded}{\endshaded}
-\usepackage{xspace}
-\usepackage{varioref}
-\usepackage{refstyle}
-
-%-- macrocode env changes ------------------------------
-
-\setlength{\MacroIndent}{1.5em}
-
-%-- Indented environments ------------------------------
-
-\newlength{\tdima}
-\newsavebox{\tboxa}
-\newlength{\mytab}
-\setlength{\mytab}{2\parindent}
-
-\newenvironment{IndentPara}[1][1]
- {\list{}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1\mytab}%
- \setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\itemindent}{\parindent}%
- \setlength{\listparindent}{\parindent}%
- }\item[]}%
- {\endlist}
-\newenvironment{Ipara}[1][\small]%
- {\begin{IndentPara}\noindent#1\ignorespaces}%
- {\end{IndentPara}}
-\newenvironment{Itabb}[1][\small]%
- {\begin{IndentPara}#1\ignorespaces\begin{tabbing}\ignorespaces}%
- {\end{tabbing}\end{IndentPara}}
-
-%-- Additional documenting commands --------------------
-
-\makeatletter
-\def\meta@font@select{\normalfont\slshape}
-\makeatother
-
-\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\opt}[1]{\texttt{\slshape#1}}
-\newcommand*{\RS}{\pkg{refstyle}\xspace}
-
-\newcommand*{\ArTab}{\>\quad$\rightarrow$\quad}
-
-%-------------------------------------------------------
-
-\setlength\hfuzz{15pt}
-\hbadness=7000
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{refconfig.dtx}
-\end{document}
-
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \CheckSum{1098}
-%
-% \CharacterTable
-% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%
-% \changes{v0.0}{2002/04/01}{Initial version}
-% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Updated version}
-% \changes{v0.3}{2006/09/07}{Documentation update}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \cmd{\RSlsttwotxt} for lists}
-% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Bug fixes}
-%
-% \DoNotIndex{
-% \",\@chapapp,\@ifpackageloaded,\AtBeginDocument,
-% \begingroup,\def,\edef,\else,\endgroup,
-% \fi,\ifx, \let, \newcommand,\newref,
-% \providecommand,\ProvidesFile,\ref,\relax,
-% \renewcommand,\RS@ifundefined,\RS@tmpa,\RS@tmpb,
-% \S,\space,\ss,\string,\textup,\unrestored@protected@xdef}
-%
-%^^A-- Titling --------------------------------------------
-% \GetFileInfo{refstyle.cfg}
-% \title{\vskip -2em
-% Configuration file for \RS\ package\thanks{
-% This file has version number
-% \fileversion, last revised
-% \filedate.}}
-% \author{Danie Els\\[1ex]
-% \small Department of Mechanical and Mechatroncs Engineering\\
-% \small University of Stellenbosch, South Africa.\\
-% \normalsize e-mail: \texttt{dnjels@sun.ac.za}}
-% \date{\filedate}
-% \maketitle
-%
-% \tableofcontents
-% \clearpage
-%
-%
-% \section{The \RS\ configuration file}
-%
-% \subsubsection*{Reference templates}
-% The default configuration file, \file{refstyle.cfg}, makes the
-% following reference declarations:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\newref{part}{...}| \quad$\rightarrow$ Parts\\
-% |\newref{chap}{...}| \quad$\rightarrow$ Chapters and Appendices\\
-% |\newref{sec}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Sections\\
-% |\newref{eq}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Equations\\
-% |\newref{fig}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Figures\\
-% |\newref{tab}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Tables\\
-% |\newref{fn}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Footnotes
-% \end{Ipara}
-% If there is a need for more reference types, this standard
-% list can be expanded.
-%
-% \subsubsection*{Language definitions}
-% The \RS\ package also provides the following language definitions
-% options for references, when loaded together with \pkg{babel}:
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item afrikaans
-% \item danish
-% \item english, USenglish, american, canadian, UKenglish, british
-% \item french
-% \item german, ngerman, austrian, naustrian
-% \item italian
-% \item norwegian, nynorsk, norsk, bokmal\footnote{Norwegian Bokm{\aa}l
-% is not defined in \pkg{babel} yet.}
-% \item portuges, portuguese, brazilian, brazil
-% \item swedish
-% \end{itemize}
-%
-% \noindent See \secref[vref]{Thm} for an example of how to link your
-% own definitions to an exsiting language setup.
-% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges}
-% \clearpage
-% \section{Implementation}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*cfg>
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \subsection{Identification}
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProvidesFile{refstyle.cfg}[2010/11/02\space
- 0.5\space
- Configuration file for refstyle (DNJ Els)]
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-% \subsection{Language Definitions for \RS\ Package}
-%
-% \subsubsection{English}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSenglish,\RSukenglish}
-% Support provided by the author.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- ENGLISH ------------------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSukenglish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%........... Range: figures 5 to 6
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%....... List two: figures 5 and 6
- \def\RSlsttxt{, and~}%............... List more: figures 5, 6, and 7
- \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%............... Part lowercase singular
- \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%............. lowercase plural
- \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%...... Appendix lowercase singular
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%.. lowercase plural
- \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%...... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%.. uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%........ Chapter lowercase singular
- \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%...... lowercase plural
- \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%........ uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%...... uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSsectxt{section~}%............. Section lowercase singular
- \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%........... lowercase plural
- \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%............. Equation lowercase singular
- \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%........... lowercase plural
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%.............. Figure lowercase singular
- \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%............ lowercase plural
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%.............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%............ uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RStabtxt{table~}%............... Table lowercase singular
- \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%............. lowercase plural
- \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%.......... Footnote lowercase singular
- \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%........ lowercase plural
- \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%.......... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%........ uppercase plural (sentence start)
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSenglish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space and~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{table~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \noindent Make English the default.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RSenglish% Default
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-% \noindent Options
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareLangOpt{english}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{USenglish}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{american}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{canadian}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{UKenglish}{\RSukenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{british}{\RSukenglish}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Afrikaans}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSafrikaans}
-% Support provided by the author.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- AFRIKAANS ----------------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSafrikaans{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space tot~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space en~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space en~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Deel~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Dele~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Deel~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Dele~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{bylae~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{bylaes~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Bylae~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Bylaes~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{hoofstuk~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{hoofstukke~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Hoofstuk~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Hoofstukke~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{afdeling~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{afdelings~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Afdeling~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Afdelings~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{vergelyking~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{vergelykings~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Vergelyking~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Vergelyking~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figuur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figure~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figuur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figure~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabelle~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelle~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{footnota~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotas~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Footnota~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotas~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \noindent Options
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareLangOpt{afrikaans}{\RSafrikaans}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Danish}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSdanish}
-% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Add Danish language support}
-% Thomas Widmann: \texttt{<\,thomas.widmann AT harpercollins DOT co DOT uk>}
-% provided the definitions for Danish.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- DANISH -------------------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSdanish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{bilag~}% % 'appendiks' is also possible,
- \def\RSappendicesname{bilag~}% % but 'bilag' is used in Babel
- \def\RSAppendixname{Bilag~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Bilag~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{afsnit~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{afsnit~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Afsnit~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Afsnit~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{ligning~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{ligning~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Ligning~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Ligning~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tablel~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabel~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{fodnote~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{fodnote~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fodnote~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fodnote~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \noindent Options
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareLangOpt{danish}{\RSdanish}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{French}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSfrench}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add French language support}
-% Jean-Pierre Chr\'etien \texttt{<\,jeanpierre.chretien AT free DOT fr>}
-% provided the definitions for French.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- FRENCH -------------------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSfrench{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space \`{a}~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space et~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space et~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{partie~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{parties~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{La partie~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Les parties~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{appendice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{L'appendice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Les appendices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{chapitre~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{chapitres~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Le chapitre~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Les chapitres~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{La section~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Les sections~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{\'{e}quation~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{\'{e}quations~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{L'\'{e}quation~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Les \'{e}quations~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{La figure~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Les figures~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tableau~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tableaux~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Le tableau~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Les tableaux~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{note~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{notes~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{La note~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Les notes~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \noindent Options
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareLangOpt{french}{\RSfrench}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{German}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSgerman}
-% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Add German language support}
-% Harald Harders: \texttt{<\,h.harders AT tu-bs DOT de>}
-% provided the definitions for German.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- GERMAN -------------------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSgerman{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space bis~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space und~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space und~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Teil~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Teile~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Teil~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Teile~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{Anhang~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Anhang~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{Gleichung~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Gleichung~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{Tabelle~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{Tabellen~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabelle~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabellen~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \noindent Options
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareLangOpt{german}{\RSgerman}
-\DeclareLangOpt{ngerman}{\RSgerman}
-\DeclareLangOpt{austrian}{\RSgerman}
-\DeclareLangOpt{naustrian}{\RSgerman}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Italian}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSitalian}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add Italian language support}
-% Nicola Lunghi: \texttt{<\,nick83ola AT gmail DOT com>}
-% provided the definitions for Italian.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- ITALIAN ------------------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSitalian{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{--}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Parti~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Parti~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{l'appendice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{le appendici~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{l'Appendice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{le Appendici~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{il capitolo~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{i capitoli~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{il Capitolo~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{i Capitoli~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{la sezione~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{le sezioni~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{la Sezione~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{la Sezioni~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{l'equazione~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{le equazioni~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{l'Equazione~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{le Equazioni~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{la figura~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{le figure~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{la Figura~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{le Figure~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{la tabella~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{le tabelle~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{la Tabella~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{le Tabelle~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{la nota~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{le note~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{la Nota~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{le Note~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \noindent Options
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareLangOpt{italian}{\RSitalian}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Norwegian}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSnorwegian}
-% \changes{v0.3}{2006/09/07}{Add Norwegian language support}
-% Karl Ove Hufthammer: \texttt{<\,karloh AT mi DOT uib DOT no>}
-% provided the definitions for Norwegian.
-%
-% Norway has two official languages Norwegian Nynorsk and
-% Norwegian Bokm{\aa}l (commonly 'nynorsk' and 'norsk' in LaTeX),
-% but the \pkg{refstyle} definitions are identically in both variants.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- NORWEGIAN -------------------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSnorwegian{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{tillegg~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{tillegg~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Tillegg~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Tillegg~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{kapittel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{kapittel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapittel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapittel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{formel~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{formel~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Formel~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Formel~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{fotnote~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnote~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnote~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnote~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \noindent Options
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareLangOpt{norwegian}{\RSnorwegian}
-\DeclareLangOpt{nynorsk}{\RSnorwegian}
-\DeclareLangOpt{bokmal}{\RSnorwegian}% Not in babel yet
-\DeclareLangOpt{norsk}{\RSnorwegian}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Portuguese/Brazilian}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSportuguese,\RSbrazilian}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add Portuguese language support}
-% Bernhard Enders and Flavio Costa \texttt{<\,flaviocosta AT yahoo DOT com DOT br>}
-% provided the definitions for Portuguese.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- PORTUGUESE -----------------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSportuguese{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSbrazilian{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
- \def\RSsecstxt{sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
- \def\RSSectxt{Sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
- \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \noindent Options
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareLangOpt{portuges}{\RSportuguese}
-\DeclareLangOpt{portuguese}{\RSportuguese}
-\DeclareLangOpt{brazilian}{\RSbrazilian}
-\DeclareLangOpt{brazil}{\RSbrazilian}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Swedish}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSswedish}
-% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Add Swedish language support}
-% Bj\"{o}rn Thors \texttt{<\,bjorn.thors AT alfvenlab DOT kth DOT se>}
-% provided the definitions for Swedish.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- SWEDISH ------------------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RSswedish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space till~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space och~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space och~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendix~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendix~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{sektion~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{sektion~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Sektion~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sektion~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{ekvation~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{ekvation~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Ekvation~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Ekvation~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{fotnot~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnot~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnot~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnot~}%
-}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-% \end{macro}
-% \noindent Options
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareLangOpt{swedish}{\RSswedish}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Templates for the \RS Package}
-%
-% The user can also define his or her own templates and put it
-% in a separate configuration file to ensure uniformity
-% of reference formats in your documents.
-%
-% \subsubsection{Parts}
-%
-% References to parts are usually straight forward, except that the
-% document division ``Part'' must be distinguished from the normal
-% usage of the word ``part'' in a sentence. A personal preference
-% is to use small caps.
-%
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR PARTS -------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newref{part}{%
- name = \RSparttxt,
- names = \RSpartstxt,
- Name = \RSPparttxt,
- Names = \RSPartstxt,
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Chapters and Appendices}
-%
-% A major problem with a reference to a chapter is that at the time
-% when the reference label, |\label|\marg{chap-label}, is created,
-% it is unknown whether it would eventually ends up in the main
-% matter or the appendix part of a book or report.
-%
-% A simple solution is to use the prefix to the \meta{chapter}
-% counter, |\p@chapter|, to write the definition of |\@chapapp| to
-% the auxiliary file (|.aux|) together with information of the
-% label. The command |\@chapapp| expands to either |\chaptername| or
-% |\appendixname| depending on whether the reference label is
-% defined in the main matter or after the |\appendix| was called.
-% (Note that |\@chapapp| is not defined in the AMS book class.)
-%
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chname{\@chapapp}}|\\
-% |\newcommand*{\chname}[1]{}%<-make it harmless |\\
-% |\newcommand*{\chapref}[1]{{\renewcommand*{\chname}[1]{##1~}\ref{#1}}}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-% \noindent The reference to a chapter, |\chapref|\marg{chap-label},
-% will then be prefixed with |\chaptername| or |\appendixname| and
-% it does not matter where it was defined or where it was called.
-%
-% To utilize the full functionality of the \RS package for
-% references to chapters and appendices, a complex form of
-% \cmd{\newref} needs to be implemented.
-% The following is a template for a book or report classes.
-%
-%
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR CHAPTERS & APPENDIXES ---------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Prevent crashes for non-book type classes.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\p@chapter}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Add \cmd{\@chapapp} to \cmd{\p@chapter} for writeout to auxiliary file.
-% If an AMS book class is loaded, then \cmd{\chaptername} must
-% be used.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \RS@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
- \RS@ifundefined{@chapapp}%
- {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\chaptername}}}%AMS
- {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\@chapapp}}}% Normal
- }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define \cmd{\chpname} to gobble its contents outside the
-% reference commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\chpname}[1]{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the \cmd{\RSchpname} to typeset all the different
-% perturbations of chapter and appendix names.
-% Use the conditionals to switch between the
-% different options.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@chpname}[1]{%
- \ifRSnameon
- \edef\RS@tmpa{#1}%
- \edef\RS@tmpb{\appendixname}%
- \ifx\RS@tmpa\RS@tmpb\relax%
- \ifRSplural
- \ifRScapname \RSAppendicesname \else \RSappendicesname \fi
- \else
- \ifRScapname \RSAppendixname \else \RSappendixname \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \ifRSplural
- \ifRScapname \RSChaptersname \else \RSchaptersname \fi
- \else
- \ifRScapname \RSChaptername \else \RSchaptername \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the \cmd{\newref} for chapters.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newref{chap}{%
- refcmd = {{\let\chpname=\RS@chpname\ref{#1}}},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Sections and paragraphs}\seclabel{secTempl}
-%
-% A template for references to sections is given below. References
-% to paragraphs are similar and is left as an exercise to the users.
-%
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR SECTIONS ----------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newref{sec}{%
- name = \RSsectxt,
- names = \RSsecstxt,
- Name = \RSSectxt,
- Names = \RSSecstxt,
- refcmd = {\S\ref{#1}},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Equations}\seclabel{EqTempl}
-%
-% The equation number in references to equations are traditionally
-% written in an upright text, irrespective of the surrounding text.
-%
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR EQUATIONS ---------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% The standard equation ref format if \pkg{amsmath.sty} is not loaded.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RSeqrefform}[1]{\textup{(\ref{#1})}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% If \pkg{amsmath.sty} is loaded, store \cmd{\eqref}
-% and then undefine it before the template is created.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
- {\let\AMSeqref\eqref
- \let\eqref\relax}%
- {}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newref{eq}{%
- name = \RSeqtxt,
- names = \RSeqstxt,
- Name = \RSEqtxt,
- Names = \RSEqstxt,
- refcmd = \RSeqrefform{#1},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Make way for \pkg{amsmath.sty} definitions
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\let\RSeqref\eqref
-\let\eqref\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Some footwork to bring the AMS definition of
-% \cmd{\eqref} back if \pkg{amsmath.sty} is loaded
-% afterwards.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
- {\RS@ifundefined{AMSeqref}{\let\AMSeqref\eqref}{}%
- \let\RSeqrefform\AMSeqref}%
- {}%
- \let\eqref=\RSeqref
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Figures and Tables}\seclabel{tabtemp}
-% References to figures and tables are usually
-% straight forward.
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FIGURES -----------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newref{fig}{%
- name = \RSfigtxt,
- names = \RSfigstxt,
- Name = \RSFigtxt,
- Names = \RSFigstxt,
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR TABLES ------------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newref{tab}{%
- name = \RStabtxt,
- names = \RStabstxt,
- Name = \RSTabtxt,
- Names = \RSTabstxt,
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-% \pagebreak[2]
-% \subsubsection{Footnotes}\seclabel{fnTempl}
-%
-% A reference to a footnote differs from other references in that
-% it is only defined inside the footnote definition itself:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\footnote{This is a footnote with ... \label{fn:xx}}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% It can then be referred to with |\ref{fn:xx}|.
-%
-% A useful application of the \RS package is for references to
-% footnotes, were you need a duplicate footnote mark that refers to
-% a previously defined footnote.\footnote{^^A
-% This is a footnote with \cmd{\fnlabel}\texttt{\{xx\}} ...\fnlabel{xx}}
-% You can use the stared form of the reference
-% command to format the reference as a footnote mark, while the
-% reference commands without a star behave as normal.
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{2cm}\=\kill
-% |\fnref*{xx}| \ArTab \fnref*{xx}\\
-% |\fnref{xx}| \ArTab \fnref{xx}\\
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-% \begin{RSframed}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FOOTNOTES ---------------------
-% \end{macrocode}
-% Define the \cmd{\RSfnmark} to reproduce the footnote mark.
-% Use the |\ifRSstar| conditional to switch between a superscripted
-% and a normal reference.
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newcommand{\RSfnmark}[1]{%
- \begingroup
- \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\ref{#1}}%
- \endgroup
- \@footnotemark}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \newref{fn}{%
- name = \RSfootntxt,
- names = \RSfootnstxt,
- Name = \RSFootntxt,
- Names = \RSFootnstxt,
- refcmd = {\ifRSstar\RSfnmark{#1}\else(\ref{#1})\fi},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{RSframed}
-%
-% \subsubsection{Enumerated lists}
-%
-% A reference to an item in an enumerated list can be obtained
-% by placing the labelling command after the \cmd{\item} command
-% inside the list. The second level numbering of the \cmd{\ref}
-% label in the standard \LaTeX{} is: 2a, 2b, etc.
-%
-% If you want to change the reference labels to 2(a), 2(b),
-% etc., without effecting the display in the \env{enumerate}
-% environment, you can make the following redefinition:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\makeatletter|\\
-% |\renewcommand{\p@enumii}{\expandafter\p@@enumii}|\\
-% |\newcommand{\p@@enumii}[1]{\theenumi(#1)}|\\
-% |\makeatother|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% The contents of the \cmd{\@currentlable} is then
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |{\expandafter\p@@enumii\theenumii}| ~$\rightarrow$~
-% |{\theenumi(\theenumii)}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-% Writing a template for enumerated lists is left to the user.
-%
-%
-% \subsubsection{Theorems, lemmas, etc.}\seclabel{Thm}
-%
-% There exists many perturbations to the theorem environment such
-% as, Theorem, Lemma, Exercise, etc., and it is left to the user as
-% an exercise to construct his or her own templates.
-%
-% As an example to add reference for theorems to an exiting setup:
-%
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\usepackage{refstyle} |\\
-% |\newref{thm}{ |\\
-% | name = {theorem~}, |\\
-% | names = {theorems~},|\\
-% | Name = {Theorem~}, |\\
-% | Names = {Theorems~},|\\
-% | rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,|\\
-% | lsttwotxt = \RSlsttxt,|\\
-% | lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-% If you want to add it to a specific language setup with \pkg{babel} then
-% you can do the following, for example for a dual language document with
-% English and Norwegian:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\documentclass[english, norwegian]{article}% NB: Languages as global opts! |\\
-% |\usepackage{babel} %Use global languages |\\
-% |\usepackage{varioref} %Use global languages |\\
-% |\usepackage{refstyle} %Use global languages |\\
-% |\RSaddto{\RSnorwegian}{% |\\
-% | \def\RSthmtxt{teorem~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSthmstxt{teorem~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSThmtxt{Teorem~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSThmstxt{Teorem~}} |\\
-% |\RSaddto{\RSenglish}{% |\\
-% | \def\RSthmtxt{theorem~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSthmstxt{theorems~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSThmtxt{Theorem~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSThmstxt{Theorems~}} |\\
-% |\newref{thm}{ |\\
-% | name = \RSthmtxt, |\\
-% | names = \RSthmstxt, |\\
-% | Name = \RSThmtxt, |\\
-% | Names = \RSThmstxt, |\\
-% | rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, |\\
-% | lsttwotxt = \RSlsttxt, |\\
-% | lsttxt = \RSlsttwotxt} |
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-% \noindent All \pkg{babel} language changes will then activate
-% the proper code setup. In this example the \pkg{refstyle}
-% mechanism is used where the code is appended to the |\RSenglish|
-% and |\RSnorwegian| container functions. These functions are added
-% by the package
-% to the \pkg{babel} containers |\extrasenglish| and |\extrasnorwegian|,
-% that is called every time a language change occurs.
-% Please see the contents of \pkg{refstyle.cfg} for the names of the
-% \pkg{refstyle} containers associated with the different languages.
-%
-% Note that the extended definitions
-% can also be added directly to the \pkg{babel} containers without using
-% \pkg{refstyle}'s mechanism.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</cfg>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \Finale
-\endinput
+% \iffalse
+%
+% refconfig.dtx
+% Copyright (C) 2002--2024 Danie Els
+%
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+% The refstyle package
+% for the formatting of references
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this
+% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+% of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status 'maintained'.
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Danie Els (dnjels@gmail.com)
+%
+% This package consists of the files: refstyle.dtx
+% refconfig.dtx
+% refstyle.ins
+% and the derived files: refstyle.sty
+% refstyle.cfg
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+ \EnableCrossrefs
+ \CodelineIndex
+ \RecordChanges
+\usepackage{color}
+\usepackage{framed}
+ \setlength{\FrameSep}{1\fboxsep}
+ \definecolor{shadecolor}{gray}{0.9}
+ \newenvironment{RSframed}{\shaded}{\endshaded}
+\usepackage{xspace}
+\usepackage{varioref}
+\usepackage{refstyle}
+
+%-- macrocode env changes ------------------------------
+
+\setlength{\MacroIndent}{1.5em}
+
+%-- Indented environments ------------------------------
+
+\newlength{\tdima}
+\newsavebox{\tboxa}
+\newlength{\mytab}
+\setlength{\mytab}{2\parindent}
+
+\newenvironment{IndentPara}[1][1]
+ {\list{}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1\mytab}%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{\parindent}%
+ \setlength{\listparindent}{\parindent}%
+ }\item[]}%
+ {\endlist}
+\newenvironment{Ipara}[1][\small]%
+ {\begin{IndentPara}\noindent#1\ignorespaces}%
+ {\end{IndentPara}}
+\newenvironment{Itabb}[1][\small]%
+ {\begin{IndentPara}#1\ignorespaces\begin{tabbing}\ignorespaces}%
+ {\end{tabbing}\end{IndentPara}}
+
+%-- Additional documenting commands --------------------
+
+\makeatletter
+\def\meta@font@select{\normalfont\slshape}
+\makeatother
+
+\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\opt}[1]{\texttt{\slshape#1}}
+\newcommand*{\RS}{\pkg{refstyle}\xspace}
+
+\newcommand*{\ArTab}{\>\quad$\rightarrow$\quad}
+
+%-------------------------------------------------------
+
+\setlength\hfuzz{15pt}
+\hbadness=7000
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{refconfig.dtx}
+\end{document}
+
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{1092}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+% \changes{v0.0}{2002/04/01}{Initial version}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Updated version}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2006/09/07}{Documentation update}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \cmd{\RSlsttwotxt} for lists}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Bug fixes}
+% \changes{v0.6}{2024/01/31}{robustification of AMS' \cmd{\eqref}}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{
+% \",\@chapapp,\@ifpackageloaded,\AtBeginDocument,
+% \begingroup,\def,\edef,\else,\endgroup,
+% \fi,\ifx, \let, \newcommand,\newref,
+% \providecommand,\ProvidesFile,\ref,\relax,
+% \renewcommand,\RS@ifundefined,\RS@tmpa,\RS@tmpb,
+% \S,\space,\ss,\string,\textup,\unrestored@protected@xdef}
+%
+%^^A-- Titling --------------------------------------------
+% \GetFileInfo{refstyle.cfg}
+% \title{\vskip -2em
+% Configuration file for \RS\ package\thanks{
+% This file has version number
+% \fileversion, last revised
+% \filedate.}}
+% \author{Danie Els\\[1ex]
+% \normalsize e-mail: \texttt{dnjels@gmail}}
+% \date{\filedate}
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+% \clearpage
+%
+%
+% \section{The \RS\ configuration file}
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Reference templates}
+% The default configuration file, \file{refstyle.cfg}, makes the
+% following reference declarations:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\newref{part}{...}| \quad$\rightarrow$ Parts\\
+% |\newref{chap}{...}| \quad$\rightarrow$ Chapters and Appendices\\
+% |\newref{sec}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Sections\\
+% |\newref{eq}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Equations\\
+% |\newref{fig}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Figures\\
+% |\newref{tab}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Tables\\
+% |\newref{fn}{...} | \quad$\rightarrow$ Footnotes
+% \end{Ipara}
+% If there is a need for more reference types, this standard
+% list can be expanded.
+%
+% \subsubsection*{Language definitions}
+% The \RS\ package also provides the following language definitions
+% options for references, when loaded together with \pkg{babel}:
+% \begin{itemize}
+% \item afrikaans
+% \item danish
+% \item english, USenglish, american, canadian, UKenglish, british
+% \item french
+% \item german, ngerman, austrian, naustrian
+% \item italian
+% \item norwegian, nynorsk, norsk, bokmal\footnote{Norwegian Bokm{\aa}l
+% is not defined in \pkg{babel} yet.}
+% \item portuges, portuguese, brazilian, brazil
+% \item swedish
+% \end{itemize}
+%
+% \noindent See \secref[vref]{Thm} for an example of how to link your
+% own definitions to an exsiting language setup.
+% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges}
+% \clearpage
+% \section{Implementation}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*cfg>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \subsection{Identification}
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{refstyle.cfg}[2024/01/31\space
+ v0.6\space
+ Configuration file for refstyle (DNJ Els)]
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+% \subsection{Language Definitions for \RS\ Package}
+%
+% \subsubsection{English}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSenglish,\RSukenglish}
+% Support provided by the author.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- ENGLISH ------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSukenglish{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%........... Range: figures 5 to 6
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%....... List two: figures 5 and 6
+ \def\RSlsttxt{, and~}%............... List more: figures 5, 6, and 7
+ \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%............... Part lowercase singular
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%............. lowercase plural
+ \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%...... Appendix lowercase singular
+ \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%.. lowercase plural
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%...... uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%.. uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%........ Chapter lowercase singular
+ \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%...... lowercase plural
+ \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%........ uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%...... uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSsectxt{section~}%............. Section lowercase singular
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%........... lowercase plural
+ \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%............. Equation lowercase singular
+ \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%........... lowercase plural
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%.............. Figure lowercase singular
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%............ lowercase plural
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%.............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%............ uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RStabtxt{table~}%............... Table lowercase singular
+ \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%............. lowercase plural
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
+ \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%.......... Footnote lowercase singular
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%........ lowercase plural
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%.......... uppercase singular (sentence start)
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%........ uppercase plural (sentence start)
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSenglish{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space and~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{table~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \noindent Make English the default.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RSenglish% Default
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+% \noindent Options
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareLangOpt{english}{\RSenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{USenglish}{\RSenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{american}{\RSenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{canadian}{\RSenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{UKenglish}{\RSukenglish}
+\DeclareLangOpt{british}{\RSukenglish}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Afrikaans}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSafrikaans}
+% Support provided by the author.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- AFRIKAANS ----------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSafrikaans{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space tot~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space en~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space en~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Deel~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Dele~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Deel~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Dele~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{bylae~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{bylaes~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Bylae~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Bylaes~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{hoofstuk~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{hoofstukke~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Hoofstuk~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Hoofstukke~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{afdeling~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{afdelings~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Afdeling~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Afdelings~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{vergelyking~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{vergelykings~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Vergelyking~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Vergelyking~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figuur~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figure~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figuur~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figure~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{footnota~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotas~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Footnota~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotas~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \noindent Options
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareLangOpt{afrikaans}{\RSafrikaans}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Danish}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSdanish}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Add Danish language support}
+% Thomas Widmann: \texttt{<\,thomas.widmann AT harpercollins DOT co DOT uk>}
+% provided the definitions for Danish.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- DANISH -------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSdanish{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{bilag~}% % 'appendiks' is also possible,
+ \def\RSappendicesname{bilag~}% % but 'bilag' is used in Babel
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Bilag~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Bilag~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{afsnit~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{afsnit~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Afsnit~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Afsnit~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{ligning~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{ligning~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Ligning~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Ligning~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tablel~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabel~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{fodnote~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{fodnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Fodnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Fodnote~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \noindent Options
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareLangOpt{danish}{\RSdanish}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{French}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSfrench}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add French language support}
+% Jean-Pierre Chr\'etien \texttt{<\,jeanpierre.chretien AT free DOT fr>}
+% provided the definitions for French.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- FRENCH -------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSfrench{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space \`{a}~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space et~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space et~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{partie~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{parties~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{La partie~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Les parties~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{appendice~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{L'appendice~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Les appendices~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{chapitre~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{chapitres~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Le chapitre~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Les chapitres~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{La section~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Les sections~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{\'{e}quation~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{\'{e}quations~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{L'\'{e}quation~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Les \'{e}quations~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{La figure~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Les figures~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tableau~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tableaux~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Le tableau~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Les tableaux~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{note~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{notes~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{La note~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Les notes~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \noindent Options
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareLangOpt{french}{\RSfrench}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{German}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSgerman}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Add German language support}
+% Harald Harders: \texttt{<\,h.harders AT tu-bs DOT de>}
+% provided the definitions for German.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- GERMAN -------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSgerman{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space bis~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space und~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space und~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Teil~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Teile~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Teil~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Teile~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{Anhang~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Anhang~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{Abschnitt~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Abschnitt~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{Gleichung~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Gleichung~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{Abbildung~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{Abbildung~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Abbildung~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Abbildung~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{Tabelle~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{Tabellen~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabellen~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \noindent Options
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareLangOpt{german}{\RSgerman}
+\DeclareLangOpt{ngerman}{\RSgerman}
+\DeclareLangOpt{austrian}{\RSgerman}
+\DeclareLangOpt{naustrian}{\RSgerman}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Italian}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSitalian}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add Italian language support}
+% Nicola Lunghi: \texttt{<\,nick83ola AT gmail DOT com>}
+% provided the definitions for Italian.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- ITALIAN ------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSitalian{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{--}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Parti~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Parti~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{l'appendice~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{le appendici~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{l'Appendice~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{le Appendici~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{il capitolo~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{i capitoli~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{il Capitolo~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{i Capitoli~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{la sezione~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{le sezioni~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{la Sezione~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{la Sezioni~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{l'equazione~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{le equazioni~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{l'Equazione~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{le Equazioni~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{la figura~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{le figure~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{la Figura~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{le Figure~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{la tabella~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{le tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{la Tabella~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{le Tabelle~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{la nota~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{le note~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{la Nota~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{le Note~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \noindent Options
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareLangOpt{italian}{\RSitalian}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Norwegian}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSnorwegian}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2006/09/07}{Add Norwegian language support}
+% Karl Ove Hufthammer: \texttt{<\,karloh AT mi DOT uib DOT no>}
+% provided the definitions for Norwegian.
+%
+% Norway has two official languages Norwegian Nynorsk and
+% Norwegian Bokm{\aa}l (commonly 'nynorsk' and 'norsk' in LaTeX),
+% but the \pkg{refstyle} definitions are identically in both variants.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- NORWEGIAN -------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSnorwegian{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{tillegg~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{tillegg~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Tillegg~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Tillegg~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{kapittel~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{kapittel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Kapittel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Kapittel~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{avsnitt~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{avsnitt~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Avsnitt~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Avsnitt~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{formel~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{formel~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Formel~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Formel~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{fotnote~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnote~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnote~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \noindent Options
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareLangOpt{norwegian}{\RSnorwegian}
+\DeclareLangOpt{nynorsk}{\RSnorwegian}
+\DeclareLangOpt{bokmal}{\RSnorwegian}% Not in babel yet
+\DeclareLangOpt{norsk}{\RSnorwegian}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Portuguese/Brazilian}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSportuguese,\RSbrazilian}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add Portuguese language support}
+% Bernhard Enders and Flavio Costa \texttt{<\,flaviocosta AT yahoo DOT com DOT br>}
+% provided the definitions for Portuguese.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- PORTUGUESE -----------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSportuguese{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSbrazilian{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
+ \def\RSSectxt{Sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
+ \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \noindent Options
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareLangOpt{portuges}{\RSportuguese}
+\DeclareLangOpt{portuguese}{\RSportuguese}
+\DeclareLangOpt{brazilian}{\RSbrazilian}
+\DeclareLangOpt{brazil}{\RSbrazilian}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Swedish}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSswedish}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Add Swedish language support}
+% Bj\"{o}rn Thors \texttt{<\,bjorn.thors AT alfvenlab DOT kth DOT se>}
+% provided the definitions for Swedish.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- SWEDISH ------------------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RSswedish{%
+ \def\RSrngtxt{\space till~}%
+ \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space och~}%
+ \def\RSlsttxt{\space och~}%
+ \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
+ \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
+ \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
+ \def\RSappendicesname{appendix~}%
+ \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
+ \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendix~}%
+ \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
+ \def\RSsectxt{sektion~}%
+ \def\RSsecstxt{sektion~}%
+ \def\RSSectxt{Sektion~}%
+ \def\RSSecstxt{Sektion~}%
+ \def\RSeqtxt{ekvation~}%
+ \def\RSeqstxt{ekvation~}%
+ \def\RSEqtxt{Ekvation~}%
+ \def\RSEqstxt{Ekvation~}%
+ \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
+ \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
+ \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
+ \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
+ \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
+ \def\RSfootntxt{fotnot~}%
+ \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnot~}%
+ \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnot~}%
+ \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnot~}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+% \end{macro}
+% \noindent Options
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareLangOpt{swedish}{\RSswedish}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Templates for the \RS Package}
+%
+% The user can also define his or her own templates and put it
+% in a separate configuration file to ensure uniformity
+% of reference formats in your documents.
+%
+% \subsubsection{Parts}
+%
+% References to parts are usually straight forward, except that the
+% document division ``Part'' must be distinguished from the normal
+% usage of the word ``part'' in a sentence. A personal preference
+% is to use small caps.
+%
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR PARTS -------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newref{part}{%
+ name = \RSparttxt,
+ names = \RSpartstxt,
+ Name = \RSPparttxt,
+ Names = \RSPartstxt,
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Chapters and Appendices}
+%
+% A major problem with a reference to a chapter is that at the time
+% when the reference label, |\label|\marg{chap-label}, is created,
+% it is unknown whether it would eventually ends up in the main
+% matter or the appendix part of a book or report.
+%
+% A simple solution is to use the prefix to the \meta{chapter}
+% counter, |\p@chapter|, to write the definition of |\@chapapp| to
+% the auxiliary file (|.aux|) together with information of the
+% label. The command |\@chapapp| expands to either |\chaptername| or
+% |\appendixname| depending on whether the reference label is
+% defined in the main matter or after the |\appendix| was called.
+% (Note that |\@chapapp| is not defined in the AMS book class.)
+%
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chname{\@chapapp}}|\\
+% |\newcommand*{\chname}[1]{}%<-make it harmless |\\
+% |\newcommand*{\chapref}[1]{{\renewcommand*{\chname}[1]{##1~}\ref{#1}}}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+% \noindent The reference to a chapter, |\chapref|\marg{chap-label},
+% will then be prefixed with |\chaptername| or |\appendixname| and
+% it does not matter where it was defined or where it was called.
+%
+% To utilize the full functionality of the \RS package for
+% references to chapters and appendices, a complex form of
+% \cmd{\newref} needs to be implemented.
+% The following is a template for a book or report classes.
+%
+%
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR CHAPTERS & APPENDIXES ---------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Prevent crashes for non-book type classes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\p@chapter}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Add \cmd{\@chapapp} to \cmd{\p@chapter} for writeout to auxiliary file.
+% If an AMS book class is loaded, then \cmd{\chaptername} must
+% be used.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \RS@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
+ \RS@ifundefined{@chapapp}%
+ {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\chaptername}}}%AMS
+ {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\@chapapp}}}% Normal
+ }%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define \cmd{\chpname} to gobble its contents outside the
+% reference commands.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\chpname}[1]{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the \cmd{\RSchpname} to typeset all the different
+% perturbations of chapter and appendix names.
+% Use the conditionals to switch between the
+% different options.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@chpname}[1]{%
+ \ifRSnameon
+ \edef\RS@tmpa{#1}%
+ \edef\RS@tmpb{\appendixname}%
+ \ifx\RS@tmpa\RS@tmpb\relax%
+ \ifRSplural
+ \ifRScapname \RSAppendicesname \else \RSappendicesname \fi
+ \else
+ \ifRScapname \RSAppendixname \else \RSappendixname \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifRSplural
+ \ifRScapname \RSChaptersname \else \RSchaptersname \fi
+ \else
+ \ifRScapname \RSChaptername \else \RSchaptername \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the \cmd{\newref} for chapters.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newref{chap}{%
+ refcmd = {{\let\chpname=\RS@chpname\ref{#1}}},
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Sections and paragraphs}\seclabel{secTempl}
+%
+% A template for references to sections is given below. References
+% to paragraphs are similar and is left as an exercise to the users.
+%
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR SECTIONS ----------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newref{sec}{%
+ name = \RSsectxt,
+ names = \RSsecstxt,
+ Name = \RSSectxt,
+ Names = \RSSecstxt,
+ refcmd = {\S\ref{#1}},
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Equations}\seclabel{EqTempl}
+%
+% The equation number in references to equations are traditionally
+% written in an upright text, irrespective of the surrounding text.
+%
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR EQUATIONS ---------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The standard equation ref format if \pkg{amsmath.sty} is not loaded.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RSeqrefform}[1]{\textup{(\ref{#1})}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If \pkg{amsmath.sty} is loaded, store \cmd{\eqref}
+% and then undefine it before the template is created.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AddToHook{package/amsmath/after}%
+ {\NewCommandCopy\AMSeqref\eqref
+ \RS@removedef{eqref}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newref{eq}{%
+ name = \RSeqtxt,
+ names = \RSeqstxt,
+ Name = \RSEqtxt,
+ Names = \RSEqstxt,
+ refcmd = \RSeqrefform{#1},
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Make way for \pkg{amsmath.sty} definitions
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\RSeqref\eqref
+\let\eqref\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Some footwork to bring the AMS definition of
+% \cmd{\eqref} back if \pkg{amsmath.sty} is loaded
+% afterwards.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
+ {\DeclareCommandCopy\RSeqrefform\AMSeqref}%
+ {}%
+ \let\eqref=\RSeqref
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Figures and Tables}\seclabel{tabtemp}
+% References to figures and tables are usually
+% straight forward.
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FIGURES -----------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newref{fig}{%
+ name = \RSfigtxt,
+ names = \RSfigstxt,
+ Name = \RSFigtxt,
+ Names = \RSFigstxt,
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR TABLES ------------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newref{tab}{%
+ name = \RStabtxt,
+ names = \RStabstxt,
+ Name = \RSTabtxt,
+ Names = \RSTabstxt,
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+% \pagebreak[2]
+% \subsubsection{Footnotes}\seclabel{fnTempl}
+%
+% A reference to a footnote differs from other references in that
+% it is only defined inside the footnote definition itself:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\footnote{This is a footnote with ... \label{fn:xx}}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% It can then be referred to with |\ref{fn:xx}|.
+%
+% A useful application of the \RS package is for references to
+% footnotes, were you need a duplicate footnote mark that refers to
+% a previously defined footnote.\footnote{^^A
+% This is a footnote with \cmd{\fnlabel}\texttt{\{xx\}} ...\fnlabel{xx}}
+% You can use the stared form of the reference
+% command to format the reference as a footnote mark, while the
+% reference commands without a star behave as normal.
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{2cm}\=\kill
+% |\fnref*{xx}| \ArTab \fnref*{xx}\\
+% |\fnref{xx}| \ArTab \fnref{xx}\\
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+% \begin{RSframed}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FOOTNOTES ---------------------
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Define the \cmd{\RSfnmark} to reproduce the footnote mark.
+% Use the |\ifRSstar| conditional to switch between a superscripted
+% and a normal reference.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand{\RSfnmark}[1]{%
+ \begingroup
+ \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\ref{#1}}%
+ \endgroup
+ \@footnotemark}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \newref{fn}{%
+ name = \RSfootntxt,
+ names = \RSfootnstxt,
+ Name = \RSFootntxt,
+ Names = \RSFootnstxt,
+ refcmd = {\ifRSstar\RSfnmark{#1}\else(\ref{#1})\fi},
+ rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
+ lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
+ lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{RSframed}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Enumerated lists}
+%
+% A reference to an item in an enumerated list can be obtained
+% by placing the labelling command after the \cmd{\item} command
+% inside the list. The second level numbering of the \cmd{\ref}
+% label in the standard \LaTeX{} is: 2a, 2b, etc.
+%
+% If you want to change the reference labels to 2(a), 2(b),
+% etc., without effecting the display in the \env{enumerate}
+% environment, you can make the following redefinition:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\makeatletter|\\
+% |\renewcommand{\p@enumii}{\expandafter\p@@enumii}|\\
+% |\newcommand{\p@@enumii}[1]{\theenumi(#1)}|\\
+% |\makeatother|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% The contents of the \cmd{\@currentlable} is then
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |{\expandafter\p@@enumii\theenumii}| ~$\rightarrow$~
+% |{\theenumi(\theenumii)}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+% Writing a template for enumerated lists is left to the user.
+%
+%
+% \subsubsection{Theorems, lemmas, etc.}\seclabel{Thm}
+%
+% There exists many perturbations to the theorem environment such
+% as, Theorem, Lemma, Exercise, etc., and it is left to the user as
+% an exercise to construct his or her own templates.
+%
+% As an example to add reference for theorems to an exiting setup:
+%
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\usepackage{refstyle} |\\
+% |\newref{thm}{ |\\
+% | name = {theorem~}, |\\
+% | names = {theorems~},|\\
+% | Name = {Theorem~}, |\\
+% | Names = {Theorems~},|\\
+% | rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,|\\
+% | lsttwotxt = \RSlsttxt,|\\
+% | lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+% If you want to add it to a specific language setup with \pkg{babel} then
+% you can do the following, for example for a dual language document with
+% English and Norwegian:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\documentclass[english, norwegian]{article}% NB: Languages as global opts! |\\
+% |\usepackage{babel} %Use global languages |\\
+% |\usepackage{varioref} %Use global languages |\\
+% |\usepackage{refstyle} %Use global languages |\\
+% |\RSaddto{\RSnorwegian}{% |\\
+% | \def\RSthmtxt{teorem~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSthmstxt{teorem~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSThmtxt{Teorem~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSThmstxt{Teorem~}} |\\
+% |\RSaddto{\RSenglish}{% |\\
+% | \def\RSthmtxt{theorem~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSthmstxt{theorems~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSThmtxt{Theorem~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSThmstxt{Theorems~}} |\\
+% |\newref{thm}{ |\\
+% | name = \RSthmtxt, |\\
+% | names = \RSthmstxt, |\\
+% | Name = \RSThmtxt, |\\
+% | Names = \RSThmstxt, |\\
+% | rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, |\\
+% | lsttwotxt = \RSlsttxt, |\\
+% | lsttxt = \RSlsttwotxt} |
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+% \noindent All \pkg{babel} language changes will then activate
+% the proper code setup. In this example the \pkg{refstyle}
+% mechanism is used where the code is appended to the |\RSenglish|
+% and |\RSnorwegian| container functions. These functions are added
+% by the package
+% to the \pkg{babel} containers |\extrasenglish| and |\extrasnorwegian|,
+% that is called every time a language change occurs.
+% Please see the contents of \pkg{refstyle.cfg} for the names of the
+% \pkg{refstyle} containers associated with the different languages.
+%
+% Note that the extended definitions
+% can also be added directly to the \pkg{babel} containers without using
+% \pkg{refstyle}'s mechanism.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</cfg>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.pdf
index f4dcb8d15a..c16ae09cca 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refconfig.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.cfg b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.cfg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2ca7d62dd2..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.cfg
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,571 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `refstyle.cfg',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% refconfig.dtx (with options: `cfg')
-%%
-%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%% The refstyle package
-%% for the formatting of references
-%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%% This file may be customized to suit specific user requirements.
-%%
-%% Original by Danie Els <dnjels@sun.ac.za>
-%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-\ProvidesFile{refstyle.cfg}[2010/11/02\space
- 0.5\space
- Configuration file for refstyle (DNJ Els)]
-%%-- ENGLISH ------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSukenglish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%........... Range: figures 5 to 6
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%....... List two: figures 5 and 6
- \def\RSlsttxt{, and~}%............... List more: figures 5, 6, and 7
- \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%............... Part lowercase singular
- \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%............. lowercase plural
- \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%...... Appendix lowercase singular
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%.. lowercase plural
- \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%...... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%.. uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%........ Chapter lowercase singular
- \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%...... lowercase plural
- \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%........ uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%...... uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSsectxt{section~}%............. Section lowercase singular
- \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%........... lowercase plural
- \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%............. Equation lowercase singular
- \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%........... lowercase plural
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%........... uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%.............. Figure lowercase singular
- \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%............ lowercase plural
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%.............. uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%............ uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RStabtxt{table~}%............... Table lowercase singular
- \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%............. lowercase plural
- \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%............... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%............. uppercase plural (sentence start)
- \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%.......... Footnote lowercase singular
- \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%........ lowercase plural
- \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%.......... uppercase singular (sentence start)
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%........ uppercase plural (sentence start)
-}
-\newcommand\RSenglish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space to~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space and~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space and~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Part~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Parts~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Part~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Parts~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{chapter~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{chapters~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Chapter~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Chapters~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Section~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sections~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figure~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figures~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{table~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tables~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Table~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tables~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{footnote~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotes~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Footnote~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotes~}%
-}
-\RSenglish% Default
-\DeclareLangOpt{english}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{USenglish}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{american}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{canadian}{\RSenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{UKenglish}{\RSukenglish}
-\DeclareLangOpt{british}{\RSukenglish}
-%%-- AFRIKAANS ----------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSafrikaans{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space tot~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space en~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space en~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Deel~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Dele~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Deel~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Dele~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{bylae~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{bylaes~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Bylae~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Bylaes~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{hoofstuk~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{hoofstukke~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Hoofstuk~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Hoofstukke~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{afdeling~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{afdelings~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Afdeling~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Afdelings~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{vergelyking~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{vergelykings~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Vergelyking~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Vergelyking~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figuur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figure~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figuur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figure~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabelle~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelle~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{footnota~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{footnotas~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Footnota~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Footnotas~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{afrikaans}{\RSafrikaans}
-%%-- DANISH -------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSdanish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{bilag~}% % 'appendiks' is also possible,
- \def\RSappendicesname{bilag~}% % but 'bilag' is used in Babel
- \def\RSAppendixname{Bilag~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Bilag~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{afsnit~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{afsnit~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Afsnit~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Afsnit~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{ligning~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{ligning~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Ligning~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Ligning~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabel~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tablel~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabel~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabel~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{fodnote~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{fodnote~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fodnote~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fodnote~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{danish}{\RSdanish}
-%%-- FRENCH -------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSfrench{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space \`{a}~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space et~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space et~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{partie~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{parties~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{La partie~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Les parties~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{appendice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{L'appendice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Les appendices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{chapitre~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{chapitres~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Le chapitre~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Les chapitres~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{section~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{sections~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{La section~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Les sections~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{\'{e}quation~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{\'{e}quations~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{L'\'{e}quation~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Les \'{e}quations~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figure~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figures~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{La figure~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Les figures~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tableau~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tableaux~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Le tableau~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Les tableaux~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{note~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{notes~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{La note~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Les notes~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{french}{\RSfrench}
-%%-- GERMAN -------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSgerman{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space bis~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space und~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space und~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Teil~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Teile~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Teil~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Teile~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{Anhang~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Anhang~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Anh\"{a}nge~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Abschnitt~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{Gleichung~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Gleichung~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Gleichungen~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Abbildung~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{Tabelle~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{Tabellen~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabelle~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabellen~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fu\ss note~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fu\ss noten~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{german}{\RSgerman}
-\DeclareLangOpt{ngerman}{\RSgerman}
-\DeclareLangOpt{austrian}{\RSgerman}
-\DeclareLangOpt{naustrian}{\RSgerman}
-%%-- ITALIAN ------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSitalian{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{--}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Parti~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Parti~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{l'appendice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{le appendici~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{l'Appendice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{le Appendici~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{il capitolo~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{i capitoli~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{il Capitolo~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{i Capitoli~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{la sezione~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{le sezioni~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{la Sezione~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{la Sezioni~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{l'equazione~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{le equazioni~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{l'Equazione~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{le Equazioni~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{la figura~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{le figure~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{la Figura~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{le Figure~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{la tabella~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{le tabelle~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{la Tabella~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{le Tabelle~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{la nota~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{le note~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{la Nota~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{le Note~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{italian}{\RSitalian}
-%%-- NORWEGIAN -------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSnorwegian{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space til~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space og~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{tillegg~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{tillegg~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Tillegg~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Tillegg~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{kapittel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{kapittel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapittel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapittel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Avsnitt~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{formel~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{formel~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Formel~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Formel~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{fotnote~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnote~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnote~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnote~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{norwegian}{\RSnorwegian}
-\DeclareLangOpt{nynorsk}{\RSnorwegian}
-\DeclareLangOpt{bokmal}{\RSnorwegian}% Not in babel yet
-\DeclareLangOpt{norsk}{\RSnorwegian}
-%%-- PORTUGUESE -----------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSportuguese{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Se\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Se\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
-}
-\newcommand\RSbrazilian{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space a~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space e~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Parte~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Partes~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Ap\^{e}ndice~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Ap\^{e}ndices~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Cap\'{i}tulo~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Cap\'{i}tulos~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
- \def\RSsecstxt{sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
- \def\RSSectxt{Sec\c{c}\~{a}o~}%<---------------
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sec\c{c}\~{o}es~}%<-------------
- \def\RSeqtxt{equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Equa\c{c}\~{a}o~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Equa\c{c}\~{o}es~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figura~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figuras~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figura~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figuras~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabela~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabelas~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabela~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabelas~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Nota de rodap\'{e}~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Notas de rodap\'{e}~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{portuges}{\RSportuguese}
-\DeclareLangOpt{portuguese}{\RSportuguese}
-\DeclareLangOpt{brazilian}{\RSbrazilian}
-\DeclareLangOpt{brazil}{\RSbrazilian}
-%%-- SWEDISH ------------------------------------
-\newcommand\RSswedish{%
- \def\RSrngtxt{\space till~}%
- \def\RSlsttwotxt{\space och~}%
- \def\RSlsttxt{\space och~}%
- \def\RSparttxt{del~}%
- \def\RSpartstxt{del~}%
- \def\RSParttxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSPartstxt{Del~}%
- \def\RSappendixname{appendix~}%
- \def\RSappendicesname{appendix~}%
- \def\RSAppendixname{Appendix~}%
- \def\RSAppendicesname{Appendix~}%
- \def\RSchaptername{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSchaptersname{kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptername{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSChaptersname{Kapitel~}%
- \def\RSsectxt{sektion~}%
- \def\RSsecstxt{sektion~}%
- \def\RSSectxt{Sektion~}%
- \def\RSSecstxt{Sektion~}%
- \def\RSeqtxt{ekvation~}%
- \def\RSeqstxt{ekvation~}%
- \def\RSEqtxt{Ekvation~}%
- \def\RSEqstxt{Ekvation~}%
- \def\RSfigtxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSfigstxt{figur~}%
- \def\RSFigtxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RSFigstxt{Figur~}%
- \def\RStabtxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RStabstxt{tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabtxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSTabstxt{Tabell~}%
- \def\RSfootntxt{fotnot~}%
- \def\RSfootnstxt{fotnot~}%
- \def\RSFootntxt{Fotnot~}%
- \def\RSFootnstxt{Fotnot~}%
-}
-\DeclareLangOpt{swedish}{\RSswedish}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR PARTS -------------------------
- \newref{part}{%
- name = \RSparttxt,
- names = \RSpartstxt,
- Name = \RSPparttxt,
- Names = \RSPartstxt,
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR CHAPTERS & APPENDIXES ---------
-\providecommand*{\p@chapter}{}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \RS@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
- \RS@ifundefined{@chapapp}%
- {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\chaptername}}}%AMS
- {\renewcommand*{\p@chapter}{\string\chpname{\@chapapp}}}% Normal
- }%
- }
-\newcommand*{\chpname}[1]{}
-\newcommand*{\RS@chpname}[1]{%
- \ifRSnameon
- \edef\RS@tmpa{#1}%
- \edef\RS@tmpb{\appendixname}%
- \ifx\RS@tmpa\RS@tmpb\relax%
- \ifRSplural
- \ifRScapname \RSAppendicesname \else \RSappendicesname \fi
- \else
- \ifRScapname \RSAppendixname \else \RSappendixname \fi
- \fi
- \else
- \ifRSplural
- \ifRScapname \RSChaptersname \else \RSchaptersname \fi
- \else
- \ifRScapname \RSChaptername \else \RSchaptername \fi
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi}
- \newref{chap}{%
- refcmd = {{\let\chpname=\RS@chpname\ref{#1}}},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR SECTIONS ----------------------
- \newref{sec}{%
- name = \RSsectxt,
- names = \RSsecstxt,
- Name = \RSSectxt,
- Names = \RSSecstxt,
- refcmd = {\S\ref{#1}},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR EQUATIONS ---------------------
-\newcommand*{\RSeqrefform}[1]{\textup{(\ref{#1})}}
-\@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
- {\let\AMSeqref\eqref
- \let\eqref\relax}%
- {}
-\newref{eq}{%
- name = \RSeqtxt,
- names = \RSeqstxt,
- Name = \RSEqtxt,
- Names = \RSEqstxt,
- refcmd = \RSeqrefform{#1},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-\let\RSeqref\eqref
-\let\eqref\relax
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \@ifpackageloaded{amsmath}%
- {\RS@ifundefined{AMSeqref}{\let\AMSeqref\eqref}{}%
- \let\RSeqrefform\AMSeqref}%
- {}%
- \let\eqref=\RSeqref
- }
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FIGURES -----------------------
- \newref{fig}{%
- name = \RSfigtxt,
- names = \RSfigstxt,
- Name = \RSFigtxt,
- Names = \RSFigstxt,
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR TABLES ------------------------
- \newref{tab}{%
- name = \RStabtxt,
- names = \RStabstxt,
- Name = \RSTabtxt,
- Names = \RSTabstxt,
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-%%-- TEMPLATE FOR FOOTNOTES ---------------------
- \newcommand{\RSfnmark}[1]{%
- \begingroup
- \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{\ref{#1}}%
- \endgroup
- \@footnotemark}
- \newref{fn}{%
- name = \RSfootntxt,
- names = \RSfootnstxt,
- Name = \RSFootntxt,
- Names = \RSFootnstxt,
- refcmd = {\ifRSstar\RSfnmark{#1}\else(\ref{#1})\fi},
- rngtxt = \RSrngtxt,
- lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt,
- lsttxt = \RSlsttxt}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `refstyle.cfg'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.dtx b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.dtx
index c2c3acab8e..1b5b6509d6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.dtx
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.dtx
@@ -1,1796 +1,1795 @@
-% \iffalse
-%
-% refstyle.dtx
-% Copyright (C) 2002--2010 Danie Els
-%
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-% The refstyle package
-% for the formatting of references
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
-% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this
-% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-% of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%
-% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status)
-% by Danie Els (dnjels@sun.ac.za).
-%
-% This package consists of the files: refstyle.dtx
-% refconfig.dtx
-% refstyle.ins
-% and the derived files: refstyle.sty
-% refstyle.cfg
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%<*pkg>
-\newcommand*{\RefstyleFileDate}{2010/11/02}
-\newcommand*{\RefstyleFileVersion}{v0.5}
-%</pkg>
-%
-%
-%<*driver>
-\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
-\let\RefstyleFileDate\relax
-\let\RefstyleFileVersion\relax
-\usepackage{amsmath}
-\usepackage{amsfonts}
- \DeclareMathSymbol{\square} {\mathord}{AMSa}{"03}
- \DeclareMathSymbol{\blacksquare}{\mathord}{AMSa}{"04}
-\usepackage{calc}
-\usepackage{rotating}
-\usepackage[rounded]{syntax}
-\usepackage{varioref}
-\usepackage{refstyle}
-\usepackage{color}
- \definecolor{hrefcol}{rgb}{0.00,0.00,1.00}
-\usepackage[pdfpagelabels]{hyperref}
-\hypersetup{breaklinks=true,
- linktocpage,
- pdfstartview=FitH,
- colorlinks = true,
- linkcolor = hrefcol,
- urlcolor = hrefcol,
- menucolor = hrefcol,
- filecolor = hrefcol,
- citecolor = hrefcol,
- linkbordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
- urlbordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
- menubordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
- filebordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
- runbordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
- citebordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
- pdftitle={refstyle},
- pdfauthor={Danie Els}}
-
-%---- macrocode env changes -------------------------------
-
-\setlength{\MacroIndent}{1.5em}
-
-%---- Scratches -------------------------------------------
-
-\newlength{\tdima}
-\newsavebox{\tboxa}
-
-%---- Spacing ---------------------------------------------
-
-\newlength{\myskip}
-\setlength{\myskip}{\topsep}
- \addtolength{\myskip}{\parskip}
- \addtolength{\myskip}{\partopsep}
-\newcommand*{\blankline}{\par\addvspace{\myskip}}
-\newlength{\mytab}
-\setlength{\mytab}{2\parindent}
-\newcommand{\tab}{\hspace*{\mytab}}
-
-%---- Indented environments -------------------------------
-
-\newenvironment{IndentPara}[1][1]
- {\list{}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1\mytab}%
- \setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\itemindent}{\parindent}%
- \setlength{\listparindent}{\parindent}%
- }\item[]}%
- {\endlist}
-\newenvironment{IndentParaX}[1][1]
- {\list{}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1\mytab}%
- \setlength{\topsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}%
- \setlength{\itemindent}{\parindent}%
- \setlength{\listparindent}{\parindent}%
- }\item[]}%
- {\endlist}
-\newcommand\bNP{\begin{IndentParaX}}
-\newcommand\eNP{\end{IndentParaX}}
-\newenvironment{Ipara}[1][\small]%
- {\begin{IndentPara}\noindent#1\ignorespaces}%
- {\end{IndentPara}}
-\newenvironment{Itabb}[1][\small]%
- {\begin{IndentPara}#1\ignorespaces\begin{tabbing}\ignorespaces}%
- {\end{tabbing}\end{IndentPara}}
-
-%---- Ruled & colored minipage ----------------------------
-
-\definecolor{shadecolor}{gray}{0.9}
-
-\newenvironment{fminipage}[1][\linewidth]
- {\setlength{\tdima}{#1-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}%
- \begin{lrbox}{\tboxa}\begin{minipage}{\tdima}}%
- {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\noindent\fbox{\usebox{\tboxa}}}
-\newenvironment{cminipage}[1][\linewidth]
- {\setlength{\tdima}{#1-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}%
- \begin{lrbox}{\tboxa}\begin{minipage}{\tdima}}%
- {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}%
- \noindent\colorbox{shadecolor}{\usebox{\tboxa}}}
-
-%---- Additional documenting commands ---------------------
-
-\def\lcbrack{\symbol{`\{}}
-\def\rcbrack{\symbol{`\}}}
-\makeatletter
-\def\meta@font@select{\normalfont\slshape}
-\makeatother
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\cmeta}[1]{%<- \<xxx>
- \texttt{\bslash}\meta{#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\cmarg}[1]{%<- {\<xxx>}
- \texttt{\lcbrack}\cmeta{#1}\texttt{\rcbrack}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\coarg}[1]{%<- [\<xxx>]
- \texttt{[}\cmeta{#1}\texttt{]}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand{\argcmd}[2]{%<- \<xxx>yyy
- \cmeta{#1}\texttt{#2}}
-\newcommand{\rmeta}[3][]{%
- \texttt{\lcbrack#1}\meta{#2}\texttt{#3\rcbrack}}
-\newcommand{\refmeta}[3][]{\cmd{\brref}\rmeta[#1]{#2}{#3}}
-
-\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\opt}[1]{\texorpdfstring{\normalfont\texttt{\slshape#1}}{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\RS}{\pkg{refstyle}}
-\newcommand*{\RScfg}{\file{refstyle.cfg}}
-\newcommand*{\rtp}{type}
-\newcommand*{\Rtp}{Type}
-\newcommand*{\okeylst}{\oarg{key\_lst}}
-\newcommand*{\mkeylst}{\marg{key\_lst}}
-
-%---- Special eq tag command ------------------------------
-
-\def\spestag#1{\stepcounter{equation}%
- \gdef\tagextra##1{%
- \makebox[0pt][l]{\small\quad%
- \cmd{\eqlabel}\texttt{\lcbrack##1\rcbrack}}%
- \gdef\tagextra####1{}}%
- \tag{\theequation\tagextra{#1}}\eqlabel{#1}}
-
-%---- other stuff -----------------------------------------
-
-\newcommand*{\ArTab}{\>\quad$\rightarrow$\quad}
-
-%----------------------------------------------------------
-
-\EnableCrossrefs
-\CodelineIndex
-\RecordChanges
-\setlength\hfuzz{15pt}
-\hbadness=7000
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{refstyle.dtx}
-\end{document}
-
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \CheckSum{552}
-%
-% \CharacterTable
-% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
-%
-% \changes{v0.0}{2002/12/01}{Initial version}
-% \changes{v0.1}{2003/04/01}{First stable version}
-% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{First updated version}
-% \changes{v0.3}{2006/09/09}{Documentation update}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Documentation update}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \texttt{nokeyprefix} option}
-% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Documentation update}
-%
-% \DoNotIndex{
-% \@backslashchar, \@carcube, \@ehc, \@empty, \@firstoftwo,
-% \@ifnextchar, \@ifpackageloaded, \@ifstar, \@ifundefined, \@nil,
-% \@qend, \@qrelax, \@secondoftwo, \@tempa, \@undefined,
-% \AtEndOfPackage, \begingroup, \csname, \CurrentOption,
-% \DeclareOption, \def, \edef, \else, \endcsname, \endgroup,
-% \expandafter, \fi, \gdef, \iffalse, \ifx, \InputIfFileExists,
-% \let, \long, \lowercase, \MakeLowercase, \mbox, \MessageBreak,
-% \NeedsTeXFormat, \newcommand, \newif, \noexpand, \PackageError, \PackageInfo,
-% \PassOptionsToPackage, \RS@pkgname, \ProcessOptions, \protect,
-% \providecommand, \ProvidesPackage, \relax, \renewcommand,
-% \RequirePackage, \reserved@a, \reserved@b, \RS@tmpa,
-% \RS@tmpb, \S, \RS@setkeys, \space, \string, \textsc, \textup,
-% \unrestored@protected@xdef, \unskip, \uppercase,
-% \zap@space}
-%
-%^^A==== Titling ==========================================
-% \GetFileInfo{refstyle.sty}
-% \title{\vspace*{-1cm}
-% The \RS\ package\thanks{This file has version number
-% \fileversion, last revised
-% \filedate.}}
-% \author{Danie Els\\[1ex]
-% \small Department of Mechanical and Mechatronics Engineering\\
-% \small University of Stellenbosch, South Africa.\\
-% \normalsize e-mail: \texttt{\href{mailto:dnjels@sun.ac.za}%
-% {dnjels@sun.ac.za}}}
-% \date{\filedate}
-% \maketitle
-% \begin{center}
-% \textbf{Overview of the \RS\ package}
-% \end{center}
-% \noindent
-% When writing complex documents, often a large number of commands
-% for different type of references are defined, for example:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\newcommand*{\eqref}[1]{eqn~(\ref{#1})}|\\
-% |\newcommand*{\Eqref}[1]{Equation~(\ref{#1})}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% The \RS\ package was developed to automate this process. The
-% package provides a user interface to define sets of reference
-% and label commands for each referable object such as an equation
-% or a table, etc. When you declare, for example, a set of
-% reference commands to an equation:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% \cmd{\newref}|{eq}|\mkeylst\
-% \end{Ipara}
-% \noindent
-% a series of commands of the format \cmd{\eq...} and \cmd{\Eq...}
-% are produced. The configuration options are set with a list of
-% key-values. Prefixes, inserts and other options for all the
-% different perturbations such as capitalized first letters,
-% singular and plural from, etc.\ can be defined. The
-% configuration can be changed temporarily with an optional list
-% of key-values when the commands are used. A direct interface to
-% the \pkg{varioref} package is also provided.
-% This enables compact reference formats:
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace{14em}\=\kill
-% |\eqref{e1} ...| \ArTab\eqref{e1} ...\\
-% |\Eqref[vref]{e1} ...| \ArTab\Eqref[vref]{e1} ...\\
-% |\eqref[s]{e1} and ...| \ArTab\eqref[s]{e1} and ...\\
-% |\eqref[name=eq.~]{e1} ...| \ArTab\eqref[name=eq.~]{e1} ...
-% \end{Itabb}
-% A range or a list of references can also be referred to in a
-% consistent way.
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace{14em}\=\kill
-% |\eqref{e1,e2,e3} ...| \ArTab\eqref{e1,e2,e3} ...\\
-% |\eqrangeref[vref]{e1}{e3} ...| \ArTab\eqrangeref[vref]{e1}{e3} ...
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-% Templates for the different reference types and different
-% languages can be loaded with a configuring file.
-%
-% The package is aimed at large projects, enabling a consistent
-% way of producing references throughout a project. Enough
-% flexibility is provided to make local changes to a single
-% reference. For large projects such as a series of books or a
-% multi volume thesis, written as freestanding documents, a
-% facility is provided to interface to the \pkg{xr} package for
-% external document references.
-%
-% \medskip
-%
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{fminipage}[.6\textwidth]
-% See also \pkg{refconfig.pdf} for setup and examples.
-% \end{fminipage}
-% \end{center}
-
-% \clearpage
-%
-% \tableofcontents
-% \clearpage
-%
-%
-% \section{Loading the \RS\ Package}
-%
-% \subsection{Document preamble}
-%
-% The \RS\ package is loaded in the preamble of the document:
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item[(a)] With a config file with \pkg{babel} language support
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\usepackage{varioref}[2001/09/04]%|~
-% ${\leftarrow}$ To use the \opt{vref} option\\
-% |\usepackage{refstyle}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% When the package is loaded, it first searchers for a local user defined
-% configuration file \file{refstyle.def}. If it is not available it
-% looks for the global default config file \RScfg\ provided with this package.
-% These configuration files are loaded before the package options are precess.
-% It can therefore contain option commands using globally defined language
-% options and can interface to \pkg{babel} for language changes. The macro
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\DeclareLangOpt{|\meta{language}|}{|\meta{definitions}|}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% is provided to declare the package option \meta{language} and add
-% \meta{definitions} to the |\extras|\meta{language} token for \pkg{babel}.
-% It can only be used inside \RScfg\ or \file{refstyle.def}.
-%
-% \item[(b)]
-% Or with an existing configuration with language support and addition
-% of your own extensions
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\documentclass[norwegian]{article}|\\
-% |\usepackage{babel} |\\
-% |\usepackage{refstyle} |\\
-% |\RSaddto{\RSnorwegian}{% |\\
-% | \def\RSthmtxt{teorem~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSthmstxt{teorem~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSThmtxt{Teorem~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSThmstxt{Teorem~}} |\\
-% |\newref{thm}{ |\\
-% | name = \RSthmtxt, |\\
-% | names = \RSthmstxt, |\\
-% | Name = \RSThmtxt, |\\
-% | Names = \RSThmstxt, |\\
-% | rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, |\\
-% | lsttxt = \RSlsttxt, |\\
-% | lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt} |
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-% \item[(c)]
-% Or without any configuration file, but by declaring your own
-% reference commands in the preamble.
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \cmd{\usepackage}|[noconfig]{refstyle}|\\
-% \qquad\cmd{\newref}\marg{reftype$_{\,1}$}\mkeylst \\
-% \qquad\cmd{\newref}\marg{reftype$_{\,2}$}\mkeylst\\
-% \tab$\vdots$
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-% \item[(d)]
-% Or with your own configuration file (without babel language support) for a specific project:
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% |\usepackage[noconfig]{refstyle}|\\
-% |\input{thisproject.ref}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-% \end{enumerate}
-%
-% \subsection{Package options}
-%
-% \begin{description}
-% \item[\opt{noconfig}] Neither of the user supplied \file{refstyle.def} config
-% file or \file{refstyle.cfg} the config file supplied with this package
-% are loaded. The user must declare his or her own definitions and templates.
-% Note that these definitions are not passed on to \pkg{babel}'s language
-% changing mechanisms.
-%
-% \item[\opt{nokeyprefix}] Custom labeling commands \argcmd{\rtp}{label} are generated
-% by \pkg{refstyle} for every \meta{type} definition. It defaults to
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace{5em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
-% \argcmd{\rtp}{label}|{abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\label}\rmeta{type\,:\,}{abc}
-% \end{Itabb}
-% With the \opt{nokeyprefix} option, the prefix is turned of and the
-% labeling commands defaults to
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace{5em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
-% \argcmd{\rtp}{label}|{abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\label}|{abc}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-% This is useful for old documents with existing labeling commands or
-% where the user prefer not to use the \argcmd{\rtp}{label} commands.
-%
-%
-% \end{description}
-%
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Companion packages}
-%
-% The \RS\ packages is intended for large projects. It is therefore
-% important that it works together with, or has direct interfaces
-% to the following packages:
-% \begin{description}
-% \item[\pkg{varioref}:\footnotemark]
-% \footnotetext{\pkg{varioref} v1.3c, 2001/09/04 or later,
-% because the starred versions of the commands
-% are used.}
-% Produce sophisticated page and page range references.
-%
-% \item[\pkg{hyperref}:\footnotemark]
-% \footnotetext{\pkg{hyperref} v6.72r, 2002/05/27 or later,
-% where a bug for interference with
-% \pkg{varioref} was fixed.}
-% To establish hyper links between the references and the
-% labels.
-%
-% \item[\pkg{xr, xr-hyper}:]
-% To establish references to external documents.
-%
-% \item[\pkg{showkeys}:]
-% To show all the labels and references. This is very useful
-% to find labels in large documents.
-% \end{description}
-%
-% \clearpage
-% \section{User Interface}
-%
-% The \RS\ package has one configuring command, \DescribeMacro{\newref}
-% \cmd{\newref}, that internally creates a series of label and
-% reference commands:
-% \blankline
-%
-% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
-% \newcommand*{\crsi}{\smash{\rule[0pt]{.4pt}{1.25em}\rule[.5ex]{1.5em}{.4pt}}}^^A
-% \newcommand*{\crsl}{\smash{\rule[.5ex]{.4pt}{1.5em}\rule[.5ex]{1.5em}{.4pt}}}^^A
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{2em}\=\hspace{2em}\=\hspace{10em}\=\kill
-% \cmd{\newref}\marg{\rtp}\mkeylst\tab\mbox{}\\[.75ex]
-% \>\crsi \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{key} \> Reference argument prefix \\[.75ex]
-% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{label} \> Custom label \\[.75ex]
-% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{ref} \> In text reference \\[.75ex]
-% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\Rtp}}{ref} \> Start of sentence reference \\[.75ex]
-% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{rangeref} \> In text range reference \\[.75ex]
-% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\Rtp}}{rangeref} \> Start of sentence range reference\quad\mbox{}\\[.75ex]
-% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{pageref} \> Page reference
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \end{cminipage}
-% \blankline
-%
-% \noindent
-% All the \cmeta{\rtp}... commands, excluding \argcmd{{\rtp}}{key}
-% and \argcmd{{\rtp}}{label} are robust.
-% All the options for the referencing commands are set with a
-% key-value list. \Tabref[vref=far]{refopt} gives a full list of all the
-% key-values and defaults.
-%
-% The \RS\ package do not redefine any internal \LaTeX\ commands and
-% depends only on the \cmd{\label}, \cmd{\ref}, \cmd{\pageref} and
-% the \pkg{varioref} commands.
-% The internally defined commands do not overwrite any
-% existing command with the same name, and an error results if a command
-% already exists. The exception is commands declared with a previous
-% \cmd{\newref} call, can be redefined by calling \cmd{\newref} again
-% with a new set of parameter.
-% If the \pkg{amsmath} package is loaded, and you define
-% \cmd{\newref}|{eq}| for references to equations, you need to
-% undefine \cmd{\eqref} before issuing \cmd{\newref} by
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% \cmd{\let}\cmd{\eqref}|=|\cmd{\relax}
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-%
-% \section{Command Descriptions}
-%
-% The structure of the label and reference commands is given by the
-% syntax diagrams that follows. Examples are included for references
-% to equations, defined according to the template in
-% \RScfg\ with the
-% \cmd{\newref}|{eq}|\mkeylst. See also \secref{keyvals} for
-% explanations of the key-values.
-%
-% \subsection{The reference key}
-%
-% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
-% \begin{syntdiag}
-% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{key}}
-% \end{syntdiag}
-% \end{cminipage}
-% \blankline
-% \noindent
-% The \argcmd{\rtp}{key} command returns the prefix added to the
-% argument of the label and the reference commands, for example:
-%
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
-% \cmd{\newref}\marg{\rtp}|{}|
-% \>\>\argcmd{\rtp}{key} $\rightarrow$ \meta{type\,:\,}\\
-% \cmd{\newref}\marg{\rtp}|{key=xxx-}|
-% \>\>\argcmd{\rtp}{key} $\rightarrow$ |xxx-|
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-% \noindent
-% The \argcmd{\rtp}{key} command is not a general command, but was
-% provided only as a link to the standard \LaTeX{} \cmd{\ref} and
-% \cmd{\pageref} commands:
-%
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
-% \cmd{\label}|{|\argcmd{\rtp}{key}| abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\label}\rmeta{type\,:\,}{abc}\\
-% \cmd{\ref}|{|\argcmd{\rtp}{key}| abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\ref}\rmeta{type\,:\,}{abc}
-% \end{Itabb}
-% Note if the the \opt{nokeyprefix} option is active then the \argcmd{\rtp}{key}
-% is empty.
-%
-% \blankline
-% \noindent
-% \textbf{\slshape Examples:} equations
-% with \cmd{\newref}|{eq}|\mkeylst:
-%
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{18em}\=\kill
-% |\eqkey| \> \eqkey \\
-% |in eq.~\ref{\eqkey e1} ...| \>in eq.~\ref{\eqkey e1} ... \\
-% |on page \pageref{\eqkey e1} ...|\>on page \pageref{\eqkey e1} ... \\
-% |\vpageref*{\eqkey e1} ... | \>\vpageref*{\eqkey e1} ...
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-% \subsection{Reference label}
-%
-% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
-% \begin{syntdiag}
-% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{label}"{"<lbl>"}"}
-% \end{syntdiag}
-% \end{cminipage}
-% \blankline
-%
-% \noindent
-% The command \argcmd{\rtp}{label} prefix the reference
-% string in the \cmd{\label} with the string \meta{type\,:\,}, or its
-% redefinition with the \opt{key} option.
-%
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
-% \argcmd{\rtp}{label}|{abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\label}\rmeta{type\,:\,}{abc}
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \blankline
-%
-% \noindent
-% \textbf{\slshape Examples:}
-%
-% \begingroup
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% Let $z = x+\mathrm{i} y$ and $\alpha = \beta + \mathrm{i}
-% \gamma$, with $\mathrm{i}^2 = -1$, then
-% \begin{align}
-% &\mathrm{e}^z = \mathrm{e}^x \left(\cos y + \mathrm{i} \sin y \right)
-% \spestag{e1}\\
-% &z^\alpha = \mathrm{e}^{\alpha \ln z}
-% \spestag{e2}\\
-% \intertext{\Eqref{e1,e2} lead to the following interesting results:}
-% &\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i} \pi} + 1 = 0 \spestag{e3}\\
-% &\mathrm{i}^\mathrm{i} = \mathrm{e}^{-\pi/2}\spestag{e4}
-% \end{align}
-% \end{Ipara}
-% \endgroup
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Reference commands}
-%
-% \begin{cminipage}[1.05\textwidth]
-% \begin{syntdiag}
-% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{ref}}
-% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{$\ast$} \end{stack}
-% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
-% "{"
-% \begin{rep} \tok{<lbl>} \\ ~,~ \end{rep}
-% "}"
-% \end{syntdiag}
-% \end{cminipage}
-% \smallskip
-%
-% \begin{cminipage}[1.05\textwidth]
-% \begin{syntdiag}
-% \tok{\argcmd{\Rtp}{ref}}
-% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{$\ast$} \end{stack}
-% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
-% \tok{"{"}
-% \begin{rep} \tok{<lbl>} \\ ~,~ \end{rep}
-% \tok{"}"}
-% \end{syntdiag}
-% \end{cminipage}
-% \blankline
-% \noindent
-% The |*| optional form of the \argcmd{\rtp}{ref} and
-% \argcmd{\Rtp}{ref} commands eliminates the
-% name prefix. The |[s]| optional key-value argument is for the
-% plural form of the name prefix.
-% \blankline
-%
-% \noindent
-% \textbf{\slshape Examples:}
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{21em}\=\kill
-% |in \eqref{e1} ...| \>in \eqref{e1} ... \\
-% |in \eqref[s]{e1}--\eqref*{e4} ...|\>in \eqref[s]{e1}--\eqref*{e4} ...\\
-% |in \eqref[name=eq.~]{e2} ...| \>in \eqref[name=eq.~]{e2} ...
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \pagebreak[1]
-% \noindent
-% A list of references can be used:
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{21em}\=\kill
-% |in \eqref{e1,e2} ...| \>in \eqref{e1,e2} ... \\
-% |in \eqref{e1,e2,e3} ...| \>in \eqref{e1,e2,e3} ... \\
-% |in \eqref[lsttxt={, and~}]{e1,e2,e3} ...| \>in \eqref[lsttxt={, and~}]{e1,e2,e3} ...
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \pagebreak[2]
-% The reference to the page can be included with the \opt{vref} or \opt{vref=far}
-% options that activates the \pkg{varioref} reference.
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{18em}\=\kill
-% |in \eqref[vref]{e1} ...| \>in \eqref[vref]{e1} ...\\
-% |in \eqref[vref=far]{e1} ...| \>in \eqref[vref=far]{e1} ...
-% \end{Itabb}
-% The \argcmd{\Rtp}{ref} command is identical to the
-% \argcmd{\rtp}{ref} command except that it uses the \opt{Name} and
-% \opt{Names} key-value options.
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{18em}\=\kill
-% |\Eqref{e1} is ...| \>\Eqref{e1} is ... \\
-% |\Eqref{e1,e2} are ...| \>\Eqref{e1,e2} are ... \\
-% |\Eqref[lsttxt={\ or~}]{e1,e2,e3}| \>\Eqref[lsttxt={\ or~}]{e1,e2,e3}
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \noindent
-% References to external documents can be added with the \opt{xr}
-% option. Please read the documentation of the \pkg{xr} package.
-%
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
-% \cmd{\eqref}|[|\opt{xr}|=A-]{xyz}| \> \>$\rightarrow$~
-% |equation~\ref{A-eq:xyz}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Range reference commands}
-%
-% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
-% \begin{syntdiag}
-% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{rangeref}}
-% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{$\ast$} \end{stack}
-% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
-% \tok{"{"<lbl>$_1$"}{"<lbl>$_2$"}"}
-% \end{syntdiag}
-% \end{cminipage}
-% \smallskip
-%
-% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
-% \begin{syntdiag}
-% \tok{\argcmd{\Rtp}{rangeref}}
-% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{$\ast$} \end{stack}
-% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
-% \tok{"{"<lbl>$_1$"}{"<lbl>$_2$"}"}
-% \end{syntdiag}
-% \end{cminipage}
-% \blankline
-%
-% \noindent
-% The \argcmd{\rtp}{rangeref} and \argcmd{\Rtp}{rangeref} commands
-% return a range of references and take two arguments. The |*|
-% optional form again eliminates the name prefix.
-% \blankline
-%
-% \noindent
-% \textbf{\slshape Examples:}
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{19em}\=\kill
-% |in \eqrangeref{e1}{e4} ...| \>in \eqrangeref{e1}{e4} ... \\
-% |... and \eqrangeref*{e1}{e4} ...| \>... and \eqrangeref*{e1}{e4} ... \\
-% |\Eqrangeref{e1}{e4} are ...| \>\Eqrangeref{e1}{e4} are ... \\
-% |\Eqrangeref[vref,rngtxt=--]{e1}{e4}| \>\Eqrangeref[rngtxt=--,vref]{e1}{e4}
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Page reference command}\seclabel{PRefCmds}
-%
-% \begin{cminipage}
-% \begin{syntdiag}
-% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{pageref}}
-% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
-% \tok{"{"<lbl>"}"}
-% \end{syntdiag}
-% \end{cminipage}
-% \blankline
-% \noindent
-% The \argcmd{\rtp}{pageref} commands returns the page number of a
-% reference.
-% \blankline
-%
-% \noindent
-% \textbf{\slshape Examples:}
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{18em}\=\kill
-% |it is on page \eqpageref{e1} ...| \>it is on page \eqpageref{e1} ...\\
-% |it is \eqpageref[vref]{e1} ...| \>it is \eqpageref[vref]{e1} ...
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-%
-%^^A=================================================================
-% \begin{table}
-% \newcommand*{\Q}{\ensuremath{\blacksquare}}^^A
-% \newcommand*{\X}{\ensuremath{\square}}^^A
-% \setlength{\fboxsep}{1em}^^A
-% \centering
-% \caption[The available options and key-value parameters]^^A
-% {The available options and key-value parameters for
-% the label and reference commands of the \RS\ package.}
-% \tablabel{refopt}
-% \blankline
-% \begin{cminipage}[.9\textwidth]
-% \renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\fnsymbol{mpfootnote}}
-% \renewcommand{\footnoterule}{}
-% \begin{tabular*}{\linewidth}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}llccccccc@{}}
-% & & \multicolumn{7}{c}{Commands\footnote{^^A
-% The commands are obtained by calling the configuring command
-% \cmd{\newref} and setting the default key-values. The
-% active key-values can be changed temporarily inside the
-% commands.}} \\
-% \cline{3-9}
-% Parameter & Default &
-% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{key}~ \end{turn}&
-% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{label}~ \end{turn}&
-% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{ref}~ \end{turn}&
-% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\Rtp}}{ref}~ \end{turn}&
-% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{rangeref}~ \end{turn}&
-% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\Rtp}}{rangeref}~ \end{turn}&
-% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{pageref}~ \end{turn}\\
-% \hline
-% \noalign{\smallskip}
-% ~$\ast$ & &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\X\\
-% \okeylst & &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\[1ex]
-% \opt{key} &|={|\meta{\rtp:}|},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\
-% \opt{s} & |={true}|\footnote{^^A
-% Options defaults to \opt{true} but is initialized
-% as \opt{false}. The \argcmd{{\rtp}}{ref}\texttt{[s]}\marg{lbl}
-% command results in the plural: \opt{names}.
-% The same principle is also valid for the \opt{vref}
-% option.\fnlabel{b}}|,|
-% &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\X &\X &\X\\
-% \opt{vref} &|={true}|\fnref*{b}|,|
-% &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\
-% \opt{xr} &|={},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\[1ex]
-% \opt{name} &|={},| &\X &\X &\Q &\X &\X &\X &\X\\
-% \opt{names}\footnote{^^A
-% Option depends on the selection of the \texttt{s=true/false}
-% optional key-value for singular or plural.\fnlabel{c}}
-% &|={},| &\X &\X &\Q &\X &\Q &\X &\X\\
-% \opt{Name} &|={},| &\X &\X &\X &\Q &\X &\X &\X\\
-% \opt{Names}\fnref*{c}
-% &|={},| &\X &\X &\X &\Q &\X &\Q &\X\\
-% \opt{lsttwotxt} &|={\space and~},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\X &\X &\X\\
-% \opt{lsttxt} &|={\space and~},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\X &\X &\X\\
-% \opt{rngtxt} &|={\space to~},| &\X &\X &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\X\\[1ex]
-% \opt{refcmd} &|=\ref{#1},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\
-%
-% \hline
-% \noalign{\smallskip}
-%
-% \footnotesize \Q\ -- \makebox[0pt][l]{\footnotesize Available}\\
-% \footnotesize \X\ -- \makebox[0pt][l]{Not available}
-% \end{tabular*}
-% \end{cminipage}
-% \end{table}
-%^^A=================================================================
-%
-%
-%
-% \clearpage
-% \section{\pkg{Keyval} Optional Arguments}\seclabel{keyvals}
-%
-% Al the options for the referencing commands are set with a key-value
-% list. \Tabref[vref]{refopt} gives a full list of all the key-values and
-% defaults. The options can also be changed locally with the
-% \okeylst\ optional arguments.
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Identifier: \opt{key}}
-%
-% The \opt{key} key-value is the prefix to the reference label
-% of the \cmd{\ref} and \cmd{\pageref} commands.
-% The default is \opt{key=}\meta{type\,:\,}.
-% With the default \RScfg:
-%
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
-% \cmd{\newref}|{tab}{...}|\\[1ex]
-% \>|\tablabel{abc}|
-% \>~ $\rightarrow$ |\label{tab:abc}|\\
-% \>|\tabref{abc}|
-% \>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|\\[1ex]
-% \cmd{\newref}|{tab}{key=xxx-,...}|\\[1ex]
-% \>|\tablabel{abc}|
-% \>~ $\rightarrow$ |\label{xxx-abc}|\\
-% \>|\tabref{abc}|
-% \>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{xxx-abc}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-% For existing documents containing labels such as |\label{tab:xx}|,
-% you can use the \opt{nokeyprefix} option which defines \opt{key}|={}|. The
-% normal \cmd{\label} command can then be used and the reference
-% commands defaults to
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
-% \>\cmd{\label}|{tab:xx}| \\
-% \>|\tabref{tab:xx}| \>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:xx}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Plural form: \opt{s}}
-%
-% The \opt{s} conditional option (\texttt{true/false}) switches the
-% singular/plural form of the reference on and off. The default is
-% \opt{s}\texttt{=true}, but it is initialized to \texttt{false}.
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
-% |\tabref{abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|\\
-% |\tabref[s]{abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |tables~\ref{tab:abc}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Extended reference: \opt{vref}}
-%
-% The \opt{vref} conditional option (\texttt{true/far/false}) switches the
-% \pkg{varioref} page referencing on and off. The default is
-% \opt{vref}\texttt{=true}, but it is initialized to \texttt{false}.
-%
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
-% |\tabref{abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|\\
-% |\tabref[vref]{abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|
-% |\vpageref[\unskip]{tab:abc}|\\
-% |\tabref[vref=far]{abc}|^^A
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|
-% |\reftextfaraway{tab:abc}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{External interfaces: \opt{xr}}
-%
-% The \opt{xr} option is for references to external documents.
-% It inserts a prefix in the reference label, compatible with the
-% \pkg{xr} package. The default is \opt{xr}|={}|.
-%
-% External document can be defined in the preamble with the
-% \pkg{xr} or \pkg{xr-hyper} packages:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% \cmd{\usepackage}|{xr}|\\
-% \cmd{\externaldocument}\oarg{xr\_key}\marg{filename}
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-% \noindent
-% If, for example, an external document defined with
-% \meta{xr\_key}\texttt{=\{A-\}}, uses an identical setup (e.g.\ the same
-% \RScfg), then it can be referenced with
-%
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
-% |\tabref[xr=A-]{abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{A-tab:abc}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \noindent or otherwise
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
-% |\tabref[xr=A-,key=]{abc}|
-% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{A-abc}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Language parameters: \opt{name}, \opt{names},
-% \opt{Name}, \opt{Names}, \opt{rngtxt}, \opt{lsttwotxt}, \opt{lsttxt}}
-% \seclabel{langopts}
-%
-% This key-values contain the text prefixes and insertions.
-% Every house style or user has his or her own preference for naming the reference types,
-% therefore are there no defaults provided.
-%
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{1.5cm}\=\hspace{7cm}\=\kill
-% \opt{name} \> ---~Inside sentence reference prefix (singular)
-% \> default=|{}|\\
-% \opt{names}\> ---~Inside sentence reference prefix (plural)
-% \> default=|{}|\\
-% \opt{Name} \> ---~First word reference prefix (singular)
-% \> default=|{}|\\
-% \opt{Names}\> ---~First word reference prefix (plural)
-% \> default=|{}|\\
-% \opt{rngtxt}\> ---~Range of references
-% \> default=|{\ to~}|\\
-% \opt{lsttwotxt}\> ---~List of references (two)
-% \> default=|{\ and~}|\\
-% \opt{lsttxt}\> ---~List of references (more than two)
-% \> default=|{\ and~}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \noindent
-% Good typographic style manuals recommend the minimum use of
-% capital letters and punctuation that breaks the flow of a sentence
-% or paragraph. For abbreviations, Bringhurst\cite{Bring1996}
-% recommends the Oxford house style: Use a period only when the word
-% stops prematurely. The period is omitted if the abbreviation
-% begins with the first letter and end with the last. As an example
-% for equations, use eq.~(1) or eqn~(1).
-% A good guideline is not to abbreviate any reference type names.
-% If a sentence starts with a
-% reference then the type name must always be written in full.
-% A typical example for references to a table is:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% \opt{name}| ={table~}, |\opt{names}| ={tables~},|\\
-% \opt{Name}| ={Table~}, |\opt{Names}| ={Tables~},|\\
-% \opt{rngtxt}|={\ to~}, |\opt{lsttxt}|={, and~}, |\opt{lsttwotxt}|={\ and~},|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% Note the hardspace after the text. It is needed to keep the text
-% and the reference together on the same line.
-%
-% The \RS\ configuration file can be setup to interface with \pkg{babel}
-% for different languages or for automatic language changes inside a
-% document. The language specific key-values can be added to the
-% \pkg{babel} hook |\extras|\meta{language}. The command
-% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareLangOpt}\cmd{\DeclareLangOpt}\footnote{^^A
-% Only for use in \RScfg\ the default config file}
-% is provided to supply a \meta{language} option to the package
-% and to add the option contents to |\extras|\meta{language}. The
-% default config file contains the following lines for equations:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\newcommand\RSenglish{% |\\
-% | \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%|\\
-% | \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}% |\\
-% | \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%|\\
-% | : |\\
-% | } |\\
-% |\DeclareLangOpt{english}{\RSenglish}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% \DescribeMacro{\RSaddto}or manually with the \cmd{\RSaddto} command
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\RSaddto{\extrasenglish}{\RSenglish}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% The key-value options for language specific options
-% are then set as:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\newref{eq}{% |\\
-% | name = \RSeqtxt, |\\
-% | names = \RSeqstxt,|\\
-% | Name = \RSEqtxt, |\\
-% | Names = \RSEqstxt,|\\
-% | : |\\
-% | } |
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-% \noindent\LaTeX{}/\pkg{babel} provides some language specific
-% names that can be utilized.
-%
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\chaptername \appendixname|\\
-% |\figurename \tablename|\\
-% |\partname \pagename|
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-% To setup a multilingual document with \pkg{babel},
-% \emph{always} make the language options global so that other
-% language compliant packages can detect it.
-% A typical setup for an Afrikaans/English document would be:
-% {\makeatletter\def\meta@font@select{\normalfont\ttfamily\slshape}
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\documentclass[UKenglish,afrikaans,|\meta{options}|]{|\meta{LaTeX\_class}|}|\\
-% |\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}%..|\texttt{\slshape hyphenation of words with accents}\\
-% |\usepackage{babel}%........|\texttt{\slshape language def's}\\
-% |\usepackage{varioref}%.....|\texttt{\slshape for \opt{vref} option}\\
-% |\usepackage{refstyle}|
-% \end{Ipara}}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Reference formatting command: \opt{refcmd}}
-%
-% The \opt{refcmd} key-value holds the contents of the internal
-% command that formats the reference. The |#1| parameter
-% passed to the command is the full reference label.
-% For example:
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
-% \opt{refcmd}|=(\ref{#1})| \> $\rightarrow$~
-% |(\ref{|\meta{label}|})|
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-% External commands can be employed. For example, to make references
-% to equations identical to the \AmS\ \cmd{\eqref} command:
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \opt{refcmd}|={\textup{\tagform@{\ref{#1}}}}%|~~It needs \file{amsmath.sty}
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-% The \opt{refcmd} can be used in conjuntion with the |\ifRSstar|,
-% |\ifRSnameon|, |\ifRSplural| and |\ifRScapname| internal
-% conditional variables to format the reference. As an example for a
-% reference to a footnote, where a duplicate footnote mark is needed,
-% can the \opt{refcmd} be configured so that the starred form of the
-% reference command produce a superscripted duplicate mark:
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% |\newcommand{\RSfnmark}[1]{%|\\
-% | \begingroup |\\
-% | \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{#1}%|\\
-% | \endgroup |\\
-% | \@footnotemark} |\\[1ex]
-% \opt{refcmd}|={\ifRSstar\RSfnmark{\ref{#1}}\else(\ref{#1})\fi}|
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \noindent The second footnote mark, \fnref*[name]{b}, in
-% \tabref[vref]{refopt}, was obtained in this way with the reference
-% |\fnref*{b}|. See \RScfg\ for another
-% example for references to chapters and appendices.
-%
-% The \pkg{nameref} package can easily be incorporated if you need elaborate
-% references which include the section or chapter name:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% |\Secref[vref, refcmd={\S\ref{#1}, `\nameref{#1}'}]{PRefCmds}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% gives
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% \Secref[vref, refcmd={\S\ref{#1}, `\nameref{#1}'}]{PRefCmds}
-% \end{Ipara}
-%
-% \section{Default configuration files}
-%
-% The \pkg{refstyle} package first searches for the \file{refstyle.def}
-% configuration file, and if it not found, then it uses the default
-% configuration file \RScfg\ that is supplied with the package.
-%
-% The default configuration file, \RScfg, makes a
-% number of default reference declarations and provides language
-% definitions for the language parameters. See the file
-% \file{refconfig.pdf} for the documentation.
-% \medskip
-%
-% \begin{center}
-% \begin{fminipage}[.55\textwidth]
-% \slshape Any user is welcome to customize the
-% local copy of the \RScfg\ file or copy
-% the relevant contents to your own \file{refstyle.def}
-% configuration file.
-% \end{fminipage}
-% \end{center}
-%
-% \begin{thebibliography}{99}
-% \bibitem{Bring1996}
-% {Bringhurst, R.} (1996), \emph{The elements of typographic style},
-% Hartley \& Marks Publishers, Point Roberts, WA, USA and Vancouver,
-% BC, Canada, second edn.
-% \end{thebibliography}
-%
-% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
-% \clearpage
-%
-% \section{Implementation: \pkg{refstyle.sty}}
-%
-% \subsection{Identification}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*pkg>
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{refstyle}[\RefstyleFileDate\space
- \RefstyleFileVersion\space
- Reference formatting (DNJ Els)]
-\newcommand*{\RS@pkgname}{refstyle}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{External packages}
-%
-% Load all the external packages.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{keyval}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@setkeys}
-% \changes{v0.3}{2006/09/09}{original \cmd{\setkeys} copy}
-% Note if \pkg{xkeyval} is loaded, it redefines \pkg{keyval}'s
-% macros. To fix this bug, we need the original \cmd{\setkeys}
-% command.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\RS@setkeys#1#2{%
- \def\KV@prefix{KV@#1@}%
- \let\@tempc\relax
- \KV@do#2,\relax,}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \noindent A small bug-fix for \pkg{showkeys}. Will be removed
-% after release of new version.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifundefined{vref@space}{\let\vref@space\space}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\@safe@activestrue}
-% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Add \cmd{\@safe@activesfalse}}
-% \begin{macro}{\@safe@activesfalse}
-% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Add \cmd{\@safe@activestrue}}
-% If \pkg{babel} is not loaded, make the following
-% commands inactive.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\providecommand*{\@safe@activestrue}{}
-\providecommand*{\@safe@activesfalse}{}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \subsection{Utility commands}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@namelet}
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@nameuse}
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@namedef}
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@robustnamedef}
-% \noindent
-% The following is a list of commands that take a variable \marg{name}
-% as argument. This enables on-the-fly definitions of user commands.
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% Usage:~\=\cmd{\RS@robustnamedef}\marg{name}~\=\kill
-% Usage:
-% \>\cmd{\RS@namelet}\marg{name}
-% \> $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\let}\cmeta{name}\\
-% \>\cmd{\RS@nameuse}\marg{name}
-% \> $\rightarrow$ \cmeta{name}\\
-% \>\cmd{\RS@namedef}\marg{name}
-% \> $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\def}\cmeta{name}\\
-% \>\cmd{\RS@robustnamedef}\marg{name}
-% \> $\rightarrow$
-% \cmd{\def}\cmeta{name}|{\protect|\cmeta{name\textvisiblespace}|}|^^A
-% \cmd{\def}\cmeta{name\textvisiblespace}
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@namelet}[1]{\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname}
-\newcommand*{\RS@nameuse}[1]{\csname #1\endcsname}
-\newcommand*{\RS@namedef}[1]{\expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname}
-\newcommand*{\RS@robustnamedef}[1]{%
- \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\protect\RS@nameuse{#1 }}%
- \RS@namedef{#1 }}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@ifundefined}
-% This is an improved definition\footnote{Posted by Markus Kohm
-% on c.t.t. 2002/11/11} for the \LaTeX{} kernel command
-% \cmd{\@ifundefined} that do not leave an undefined command
-% defined as \cmd{\relax} after the test.
-%
-% The usage is:
-% \cmd{\RS@ifundefined}\marg{name}\marg{true}\marg{false} executes
-% the contents of \meta{true} if \cmeta{name} is not defined and
-% \meta{false} if defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\RS@ifundefined#1{%
- \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
- \expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \else
- \expandafter\@secondoftwo
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@removedef}
-% The command removes the definition of a command, including
-% robust definitions.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@removedef}[1]{%
- \RS@namelet{#1}\@undefined%
- \RS@ifundefined{#1 }{}{\RS@namelet{#1 }\@undefined}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@testednamedef}
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@testedrobustnamedef}
-% These command are identical to \cmd{\RS@namedef} and
-% \cmd{\RS@robustnamedef}, but only define the \cmeta{name}
-% command if it is legal. Otherwise an error message
-% is written to the log file and the program is terminated.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@testednamedef}[1]{%
- \RS@ifnamedefinable{#1}\RS@namedef{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@testedrobustnamedef}[1]{%
- \RS@ifnamedefinable{#1}\RS@robustnamedef{#1}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@ifnamedefinable}
-% A modified version of the \LaTeX{} kernel command
-% (from ltdefns.dtx).
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\long\def\RS@ifnamedefinable #1{%
- \edef\reserved@a{#1}%
- \RS@ifundefined\reserved@a
- {\edef\reserved@b{\expandafter\@carcube \reserved@a xxx\@nil}%
- \ifx \reserved@b\@qend \RS@notdefinable\else
- \ifx \reserved@a\@qrelax \RS@notdefinable\else
- \PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{\@backslashchar\reserved@a\space created}%
- \fi
- \fi}%
- \RS@notdefinable}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@notdefinable}
-% The error message when an illegal definition is attempted.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\gdef\RS@notdefinable{%
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}{%
- Command \@backslashchar\reserved@a\space
- already defined.\MessageBreak
- Or name \@backslashchar\@qend... illegal.\MessageBreak
- It can not be redefined by the \@backslashchar newref%
- }{%
- If \@backslashchar\reserved@a\space is not important\MessageBreak
- then \protect\let\@backslashchar\reserved@a%
- =\protect\relax,\MessageBreak
- else use a different \@backslashchar newref.}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@setbool}
-% The command\footnote{Taken from the \pkg{ifthen} package.}
-% \cmd{\RS@setbool}\marg{conditional}\marg{true/false}
-% sets the \meta{conditional} to |true| or |false|.
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% Usage:~\=
-% \cmd{\RS@setbool}|{RSplural}{false}|\quad\=$\rightarrow$\quad
-% |\RSpluralfalse|\\
-% \>\cmd{\RS@setbool}|{RSplural}{true}|\quad\>$\rightarrow$\quad
-% |\RSpluraltrue|
-% \end{Itabb}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@setbool}[2]{%
- \lowercase{\def\@tempa{#2}}%
- \@ifundefined{@tempswa\@tempa}%
- {\PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {You can only set the option to `true' or `false'}\@ehc}%
- {\csname#1\@tempa\endcsname}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{First character case changes}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@firstcap}
-% This macro\footnote{Posted by Dan Luecking on c.t.t.} change the
-% first character of a string to uppercase and returns the result
-% in \cmd{\RS@cap}.
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% Usage:~|\RS@fistcap xxxx\@nil| then |\RS@cap| $\rightarrow$ |Xxxx|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\RS@firstcap#1#2\@nil{%
- \iffalse{\fi
- \uppercase{\edef\RS@cap{\iffalse}\fi#1}#2}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Reference building commands}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifRS@keyactive}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \opt{nokeyprefix} to turn of the key prefix}
-% We need to peek into the options list for the \opt{nokeyprefix} option
-% before the options are processed to find out if the key prefix must be
-% included in the |\|\meta{key}|label| command. Make \opt{nokeyprefix}
-% not used afterwards.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifRS@keyactive
-\@ifpackagewith{\@currname}{nokeyprefix}%
- {\RS@keyactivefalse}%
- {\RS@keyactivetrue}
-\DeclareOption{nokeyprefix}{\OptionNotUsed}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\ifRSstar}
-% \begin{macro}{\ifRSnameon}
-% \begin{macro}{\ifRScapname}
-% \begin{macro}{\ifRSplural}
-% \begin{macro}{\ifRSlsttwo}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \cmd{\ifRSlsttwo} test for list containing only two parameter}
-% The |\if| conditional values that are set by the reference commands.
-% These values can be accessed by user defined key-values.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newif\ifRSstar\RSstarfalse
-\newif\ifRSnameon\RSnameontrue
-\newif\ifRScapname\RScapnamefalse
-\newif\ifRSplural\RSpluralfalse
-\newif\ifRSlsttwo\RSlsttwofalse
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\newref}
-% The main user interface for template setup. It take the |#1| or
-% \meta{key} parameter and make it lowercase before passing it on to
-% \cmd{\RS@newref}.
-%
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\newref}[1]{%
- \lowercase{\def\RS@tempa{#1}}%
- \expandafter\RS@newref\expandafter{\RS@tempa}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@newref}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Ad \texttt{lsttwotxt} option}
-% This command configures a new template.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@newref}[2]{%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Clears an existing template before defining a new one.\eNP
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \RS@clearref{#1}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Create |\ifRS@|\meta{key}|vref| conditional \eNP
-% \begin{macrocode}
-% \expandafter\newif\csname ifRS@#1vref\endcsname%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Creates a series of key-values for every template
-% that stores the setup for the specific template.\eNP
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \ifRS@keyactive
- \define@key{RS@#1}{key}[#1:]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@key}{##1}}%
- \else
- \define@key{RS@#1}{key}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@key}{##1}}%
- \fi
- \define@key{RS@#1}{s}[true]{\RS@setbool{RSplural}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{name}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@name}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{names}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@names}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{Name}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@Name}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{Names}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@Names}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{rngtxt}[\space to~]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@rngtxt}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{lsttwotxt}[\space and~]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@lsttwotxt}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{lsttxt}[\space and~]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@lsttxt}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{refcmd}[\ref{####1}]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@rcmd}####1{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{xr}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@xr}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{vref}[true]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1vref}{##1}}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Set default key-value parameters.\eNP
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{key,
- s=false,
- name,names,Name,Names,
- rngtxt,lsttwotxt,lsttxt,
- refcmd,
- xr,
- vref=false}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Set key-values according to user definitions.\eNP
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Build the reference commands.\eNP
-% \begin{macrocode}
- \RS@buildref{#1}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@clearref}
-% Clear a reference template for redefinition. It check
-% if the template already exists and clear it if it does.
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@clearref}[1]{%
- \RS@ifundefined{RS@#1@template}
- {\RS@namedef{RS@#1@template}{#1}%
- \PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}%
- {New reference template \protect\newref{#1}}{}}
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}%
- {Reference template \protect\newref{#1} redefined}{}
- \RS@firstcap#1\@nil
- \RS@removedef{#1key}%
- \RS@removedef{#1label}%
- \RS@removedef{#1ref}%
- \RS@removedef{\RS@cap ref}%
- \RS@removedef{#1rangeref}%
- \RS@removedef{\RS@cap rangeref}%
- \RS@removedef{#1pageref}%
- }%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@buildref}
-% Build the reference commands. See \tabref{refopt} for the list of
-% commands. The \cmd{\RS@buildref}\marg{key} build commands to
-% call \cmd{\RS@cmd}\marg{cmd}\marg{key}, for example:
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% \cmeta{key}|ref| \quad$\rightarrow$\quad
-% |{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{ref}|\marg{key}|}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Remove robust def of \argcmd{{\rtp}}{label}}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@buildref}[1]{%
- \RS@firstcap#1\@nil
- \RS@testednamedef{#1key}{\RS@nameuse{RS@#1@key}}
- \RS@testednamedef{#1label}##1{\label{\RS@nameuse{RS@#1@key}##1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{#1ref}{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{ref}{#1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{\RS@cap ref}{\RScapnametrue\RS@cmd{ref}{#1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{#1rangeref}{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{rangeref}{#1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{\RS@cap rangeref}{\RScapnametrue\RS@cmd{rangeref}{#1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{#1pageref}{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{pageref}{#1}}
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@cmd}
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@@cmd}
-% The command \cmd{\RS@cmd}\marg{cmd}\marg{key} calls the final
-% reference formatting commands.
-% It checks for the starred form and set the conditionals
-% |\ifRSstar| and |\ifRSnameon| accordingly.
-% It also extracts the optional key-value list.
-% \begin{Itabb}
-% \hspace*{4.5cm}\=\kill
-% \cmd{\RS@cmd}|{ref}|\marg{key} \>$\rightarrow$\quad
-% |\RS@ref|\marg{key}\okeylst\\
-% \cmd{\RS@cmd}|{rangeref}|\marg{key} \>$\rightarrow$\quad
-% |\RS@rangeref|\marg{key}\okeylst\\
-% \cmd{\RS@cmd}|{pageref}|\marg{key} \>$\rightarrow$\quad
-% |\RS@pageref|\marg{key}\okeylst
-% \end{Itabb}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@cmd}[2]{%
- \@ifstar{\RSstartrue\RSnameonfalse\RS@@cmd{#1}{#2}}%
- {\RSstarfalse\RSnameontrue\RS@@cmd{#1}{#2}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@@cmd}[2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[%
- {\RS@nameuse{RS@#1}{#2}}%
- {\RS@nameuse{RS@#1}{#2}[]}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Reference formatting commands}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@ref}
-% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Add \cmd{\@safe@activestrue} to avoid active chars is ref list}
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@@ref}
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@@@ref}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \cmd{\ifRSlsttwo} test for list containing only two parameter}
-% The command \cmd{\RS@ref}\marg{key}\okeylst\marg{label\_lst}
-% typeset the references to the comma-separated reference
-% label list according to the configuration for \meta{key}.
-%
-% First of all, remove all spaces for the reference label list.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\RS@ref#1[#2]#3{%
- \begingroup
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
- \@safe@activestrue%
- \edef\RS@tmpa{\zap@space#3 \@empty}%
- \@safe@activesfalse%
- \edef\RS@tmpa{\noexpand\RS@@ref{#1} \RS@tmpa,\relax\noexpand\@eolst}%
- \RS@tmpa%
- \endgroup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% Check if there is a single or multiple references in the
-% reference label list. If a single reference label then use the
-% form set by the \opt{s} key-value. If multiple reference labels
-% the use the plural form of the name prefix.\footnote{
-% The list of reference commands came from the \pkg{typedref} package.}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\RS@@ref#1 #2,#3\@eolst{%
- \ifx\relax#3\relax
- \RS@makename{#1}%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
- \else
- \RSpluraltrue%
- \RS@makename{#1}%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
- \RSnameonfalse%
- \RSlsttwotrue%
- \RS@@@ref{#1} #3\@eolst%
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% For more than one reference in the reference list, typeset the
-% rest of the references.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\RS@@@ref#1 #2,#3\@eolst{%
- \ifx\relax#3\relax
- \ifRSlsttwo
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@lsttwotxt}%
- \else
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@lsttxt}%
- \fi
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
- \else
- \RSlsttwofalse%
- \unskip,\space%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@@@ref{#1} #3\@eolst%
- \fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@rangeref}
-% The command \cmd{\RS@rangeref}\marg{key}\okeylst\marg{lbl1}\marg{lbl2}
-% typeset the references as a range.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\RS@rangeref#1[#2]#3#4{%
- \begingroup
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
- \RSpluraltrue%
- \RS@makename{#1}%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#3}%
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@rngtxt}%
- \RSnameonfalse%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#4}%
- \RS@makevpagerefrange{#1}{#3}{#4}%
- \endgroup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@pageref}
-% The command \cmd{\RS@pageref}\marg{key}\okeylst\marg{lbl} type
-% the page where \marg{lbl} was defined.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\RS@pageref#1[#2]#3{%
- \begingroup%
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
- \RS@ifvref{#1}%
- {\mbox{}\vpageref*{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- {\reftextfaraway{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- {\pageref{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- \endgroup}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Remove redundant \cmd{\RS@label}}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@true}{true}
-\newcommand*{\RS@false}{false}
-\newcommand*{\RS@far}{far}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@ifvref}
-% The command \cmd{\RS@ifvref}\marg{key}\marg{true}\marg{faraway}\marg{false}
-% executes the contents of \meta{true} if the \opt{vref} option for
-% the \meta{key} reference type is true and \meta{false} otherwise.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\RS@ifvref}[4]{%
- \edef\RS@tempa{\RS@nameuse{RS@#1vref}}%
- \ifx\RS@tempa\RS@true\relax
- #2%
- \else\ifx\RS@tempa\RS@far\relax
- #3%
- \else\ifx\RS@tempa\RS@false\relax
- #4%
- \else
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {You can only set the vref option to `true', `far' or `false'}\@ehc
- \fi\fi\fi}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@makename}
-% The command \cmd{\RS@makename}\marg{key} build the prefix
-% to the reference commands.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\RS@makename}[1]{%
- \ifRSstar\else\ifRSnameon
- \ifRSplural
- \ifRScapname
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@Names}%
- \else
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@names}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifRScapname
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@Name}%
- \else
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@name}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@lbl}
-% This command builds the full label string for the \cmd{\ref}
-% command.
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% \cmd{\RS@lbl}\marg{key}\marg{label} \quad$\rightarrow$\quad
-% |{|\meta{xr_key}\meta{key}\meta{label}|}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@lbl}[2]{%
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@xr}\RS@nameuse{RS@#1@key}#2%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@makeref}
-% The command \cmd{\RS@makeref}\marg{key}\marg{label} formats
-% the \cmd{\ref} output
-% \begin{Ipara}
-% \cmd{\RS@makeref}\marg{key}\marg{label} \quad$\rightarrow$\quad
-% \cmeta{rcmd}|{\ref{|\meta{xr_key}\meta{key}\meta{label}|}}|
-% \end{Ipara}
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\RS@makeref}[2]{%
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@rcmd}{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@makevpageref}
-% The command \cmd{\RS@makevpageref}\marg{key}\marg{label} adds the
-% \pkg{varioref} page reference if the \opt{vref} option is true.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\RS@makevpageref}[2]{%
- \RS@ifvref{#1}%
- {\vpageref[\unskip]{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}}%
- { \reftextfaraway{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}}%
- {}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@makevpagerefrange}
-% The command \cmd{\RS@makevpagerefrange}\marg{key}\marg{lbl1}\marg{lbl1}
-% adds the \pkg{varioref} page range reference if the \opt{vref}
-% option is true.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand{\RS@makevpagerefrange}[3]{%
- \RS@ifvref{#1}%
- {\space\vpagerefrange[\unskip]{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- {\space\vpagerefrange[\unskip]{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- {}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{\pkg{varioref} command predefinitions}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \providecommand{\vpageref}{%
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {The vref option used, but varioref.sty not loaded.}%
- {Load varioref.sty}}
- \providecommand{\reftextfaraway}{%
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {The vref=far option used, but varioref.sty not loaded.}%
- {Load varioref.sty}}
- \providecommand{\vpagerefrange}{%
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {The vref option used, but varioref.sty not loaded.}%
- {Load varioref.sty}}
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Support for language option inclusions in config file}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RSaddto}
-% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Rename \cmd{\RS@addto} to \cmd{\RSaddto}}
-% Command from the \pkg{varioref} package is used to add
-% language definitions to the |\extras|\meta{language} token
-% for \pkg{babel}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\RSaddto#1#2{%
- #2%
- \@temptokena{#2}%
- \ifx#1\relax
- \let#1\@empty
- \fi
- \ifx#1\undefined
- \edef#1{\the\@temptokena}%
- \else
- \toks@\expandafter{#1}%
- \edef#1{\the\toks@\the\@temptokena}%
- \fi
- \@temptokena{}\toks@\@temptokena}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\DeclareLangOpt}
-% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Add \cmd{\extras}\meta{language} to beginning of document.}
-% Command to declare a language option and add
-% language definitions to the |\extras|\meta{language} token
-% for \pkg{babel}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\def\DeclareLangOpt#1#2{%
- \edef\RS@tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\string#2}%
- \RS@ifundefined{\RS@tempa}%
- {\PackageError{\RS@pkgname}{%
- Unknown definitions \@backslashchar\RS@tempa\MessageBreak
- for language option `#1'}{}}%
- {\DeclareOption{#1}{%
- \AtBeginDocument{\expandafter\RSaddto\csname extras#1\endcsname #2}}}%
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-%
-%
-% \subsection{Configuration files}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\RS@cfgfile,\RS@reffile}
-% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Ad alternative definition file \cmd{refstyle.def}}
-% Define the config file and alternate definition file names.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand*{\RS@cfgfile}{refstyle.cfg}
-\newcommand*{\RS@reffile}{refstyle.def}
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% We need to peek into the options list before the
-% options are processed to find out if the config
-% file is to be loaded or not. The config file can
-% contain options and must be loaded before
-% \cmd{\ProcessOptions}. Make \opt{noconfig} not used
-% afterwards.
-%
-% We first test for a local config file \file{refstyle.def}
-% and then for the global config file \file{refstyle.cfg}.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\@ifpackagewith{\@currname}{noconfig}%
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{No config file loaded}}%
- {\InputIfFileExists{\RS@reffile}%
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{Local config file \RS@reffile\space used}}
- {\InputIfFileExists{\RS@cfgfile}%
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{Config file \RS@cfgfile\space used}}%
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{No config file found}}}}
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\DeclareOption{noconfig}{\OptionNotUsed}%
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% Process the options, including options in config file.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\ProcessOptions*\relax
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The end of this package.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</pkg>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \Finale
-\endinput
+% \iffalse
+%
+% refstyle.dtx
+% Copyright (C) 2002--2024 Danie Els
+%
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+% The refstyle package
+% for the formatting of references
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this
+% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+% of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status 'maintained'.
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Danie Els (dnjels@gmail.com)
+%
+% This package consists of the files: refstyle.dtx
+% refconfig.dtx
+% refstyle.ins
+% and the derived files: refstyle.sty
+% refstyle.cfg
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+%<*pkg>
+\newcommand*{\RefstyleFileDate}{2024/01/31}
+\newcommand*{\RefstyleFileVersion}{v0.6}
+%</pkg>
+%
+%
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc}
+\let\RefstyleFileDate\relax
+\let\RefstyleFileVersion\relax
+\usepackage{amsmath}
+\usepackage{amsfonts}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\square} {\mathord}{AMSa}{"03}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\blacksquare}{\mathord}{AMSa}{"04}
+\usepackage{calc}
+\usepackage{rotating}
+\usepackage[rounded]{syntax}
+\usepackage{varioref}
+\usepackage{refstyle}
+\usepackage{color}
+ \definecolor{hrefcol}{rgb}{0.00,0.00,1.00}
+\usepackage[pdfpagelabels]{hyperref}
+\hypersetup{breaklinks=true,
+ linktocpage,
+ pdfstartview=FitH,
+ colorlinks = true,
+ linkcolor = hrefcol,
+ urlcolor = hrefcol,
+ menucolor = hrefcol,
+ filecolor = hrefcol,
+ citecolor = hrefcol,
+ linkbordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
+ urlbordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
+ menubordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
+ filebordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
+ runbordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
+ citebordercolor = {0.8 0.8 0.8},
+ pdftitle={refstyle},
+ pdfauthor={Danie Els}}
+
+%---- macrocode env changes -------------------------------
+
+\setlength{\MacroIndent}{1.5em}
+
+%---- Scratches -------------------------------------------
+
+\newlength{\tdima}
+\newsavebox{\tboxa}
+
+%---- Spacing ---------------------------------------------
+
+\newlength{\myskip}
+\setlength{\myskip}{\topsep}
+ \addtolength{\myskip}{\parskip}
+ \addtolength{\myskip}{\partopsep}
+\newcommand*{\blankline}{\par\addvspace{\myskip}}
+\newlength{\mytab}
+\setlength{\mytab}{2\parindent}
+\newcommand{\tab}{\hspace*{\mytab}}
+
+%---- Indented environments -------------------------------
+
+\newenvironment{IndentPara}[1][1]
+ {\list{}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1\mytab}%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{\parindent}%
+ \setlength{\listparindent}{\parindent}%
+ }\item[]}%
+ {\endlist}
+\newenvironment{IndentParaX}[1][1]
+ {\list{}{\setlength{\leftmargin}{#1\mytab}%
+ \setlength{\topsep}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\partopsep}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\labelwidth}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\labelsep}{0pt}%
+ \setlength{\itemindent}{\parindent}%
+ \setlength{\listparindent}{\parindent}%
+ }\item[]}%
+ {\endlist}
+\newcommand\bNP{\begin{IndentParaX}}
+\newcommand\eNP{\end{IndentParaX}}
+\newenvironment{Ipara}[1][\small]%
+ {\begin{IndentPara}\noindent#1\ignorespaces}%
+ {\end{IndentPara}}
+\newenvironment{Itabb}[1][\small]%
+ {\begin{IndentPara}#1\ignorespaces\begin{tabbing}\ignorespaces}%
+ {\end{tabbing}\end{IndentPara}}
+
+%---- Ruled & colored minipage ----------------------------
+
+\definecolor{shadecolor}{gray}{0.9}
+
+\newenvironment{fminipage}[1][\linewidth]
+ {\setlength{\tdima}{#1-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}%
+ \begin{lrbox}{\tboxa}\begin{minipage}{\tdima}}%
+ {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}\noindent\fbox{\usebox{\tboxa}}}
+\newenvironment{cminipage}[1][\linewidth]
+ {\setlength{\tdima}{#1-2\fboxsep-2\fboxrule}%
+ \begin{lrbox}{\tboxa}\begin{minipage}{\tdima}}%
+ {\end{minipage}\end{lrbox}%
+ \noindent\colorbox{shadecolor}{\usebox{\tboxa}}}
+
+%---- Additional documenting commands ---------------------
+
+\def\lcbrack{\symbol{`\{}}
+\def\rcbrack{\symbol{`\}}}
+\makeatletter
+\def\meta@font@select{\normalfont\slshape}
+\makeatother
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\cmeta}[1]{%<- \<xxx>
+ \texttt{\bslash}\meta{#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\cmarg}[1]{%<- {\<xxx>}
+ \texttt{\lcbrack}\cmeta{#1}\texttt{\rcbrack}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\coarg}[1]{%<- [\<xxx>]
+ \texttt{[}\cmeta{#1}\texttt{]}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand{\argcmd}[2]{%<- \<xxx>yyy
+ \cmeta{#1}\texttt{#2}}
+\newcommand{\rmeta}[3][]{%
+ \texttt{\lcbrack#1}\meta{#2}\texttt{#3\rcbrack}}
+\newcommand{\refmeta}[3][]{\cmd{\brref}\rmeta[#1]{#2}{#3}}
+
+\newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\opt}[1]{\texorpdfstring{\normalfont\texttt{\slshape#1}}{#1}}
+\newcommand*{\RS}{\pkg{refstyle}}
+\newcommand*{\RScfg}{\file{refstyle.cfg}}
+\newcommand*{\rtp}{type}
+\newcommand*{\Rtp}{Type}
+\newcommand*{\okeylst}{\oarg{key\_lst}}
+\newcommand*{\mkeylst}{\marg{key\_lst}}
+
+%---- Special eq tag command ------------------------------
+
+\def\spestag#1{\stepcounter{equation}%
+ \gdef\tagextra##1{%
+ \makebox[0pt][l]{\small\quad%
+ \cmd{\eqlabel}\texttt{\lcbrack##1\rcbrack}}%
+ \gdef\tagextra####1{}}%
+ \tag{\theequation\tagextra{#1}}\eqlabel{#1}}
+
+%---- other stuff -----------------------------------------
+
+\newcommand*{\ArTab}{\>\quad$\rightarrow$\quad}
+
+%----------------------------------------------------------
+
+\EnableCrossrefs
+\CodelineIndex
+\RecordChanges
+\setlength\hfuzz{15pt}
+\hbadness=7000
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{refstyle.dtx}
+\end{document}
+
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \CheckSum{552}
+%
+% \CharacterTable
+% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
+% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
+% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
+% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
+% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
+% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
+% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
+% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
+% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
+% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+%
+% \changes{v0.0}{2002/12/01}{Initial version}
+% \changes{v0.1}{2003/04/01}{First stable version}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{First updated version}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2006/09/09}{Documentation update}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Documentation update}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \texttt{nokeyprefix} option}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Documentation update}
+%
+% \DoNotIndex{
+% \@backslashchar, \@carcube, \@ehc, \@empty, \@firstoftwo,
+% \@ifnextchar, \@ifpackageloaded, \@ifstar, \@ifundefined, \@nil,
+% \@qend, \@qrelax, \@secondoftwo, \@tempa, \@undefined,
+% \AtEndOfPackage, \begingroup, \csname, \CurrentOption,
+% \DeclareOption, \def, \edef, \else, \endcsname, \endgroup,
+% \expandafter, \fi, \gdef, \iffalse, \ifx, \InputIfFileExists,
+% \let, \long, \lowercase, \MakeLowercase, \mbox, \MessageBreak,
+% \NeedsTeXFormat, \newcommand, \newif, \noexpand, \PackageError, \PackageInfo,
+% \PassOptionsToPackage, \RS@pkgname, \ProcessOptions, \protect,
+% \providecommand, \ProvidesPackage, \relax, \renewcommand,
+% \RequirePackage, \reserved@a, \reserved@b, \RS@tmpa,
+% \RS@tmpb, \S, \RS@setkeys, \space, \string, \textsc, \textup,
+% \unrestored@protected@xdef, \unskip, \uppercase,
+% \zap@space}
+%
+%^^A==== Titling ==========================================
+% \GetFileInfo{refstyle.sty}
+% \title{\vspace*{-1cm}
+% The \RS\ package\thanks{This file has version number
+% \fileversion, last revised
+% \filedate.}}
+% \author{Danie Els\\[1ex]
+% \normalsize e-mail: \texttt{\href{mailto:dnjels@gmail.com}%
+% {dnjels@gmail.com}}}
+% \date{\filedate}
+% \maketitle
+% \begin{center}
+% \textbf{Overview of the \RS\ package}
+% \end{center}
+% \noindent
+% When writing complex documents, often a large number of commands
+% for different type of references are defined, for example:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\newcommand*{\eqref}[1]{eqn~(\ref{#1})}|\\
+% |\newcommand*{\Eqref}[1]{Equation~(\ref{#1})}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% The \RS\ package was developed to automate this process. The
+% package provides a user interface to define sets of reference
+% and label commands for each referable object such as an equation
+% or a table, etc. When you declare, for example, a set of
+% reference commands to an equation:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% \cmd{\newref}|{eq}|\mkeylst\
+% \end{Ipara}
+% \noindent
+% a series of commands of the format \cmd{\eq...} and \cmd{\Eq...}
+% are produced. The configuration options are set with a list of
+% key-values. Prefixes, inserts and other options for all the
+% different perturbations such as capitalized first letters,
+% singular and plural from, etc.\ can be defined. The
+% configuration can be changed temporarily with an optional list
+% of key-values when the commands are used. A direct interface to
+% the \pkg{varioref} package is also provided.
+% This enables compact reference formats:
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace{14em}\=\kill
+% |\eqref{e1} ...| \ArTab\eqref{e1} ...\\
+% |\Eqref[vref]{e1} ...| \ArTab\Eqref[vref]{e1} ...\\
+% |\eqref[s]{e1} and ...| \ArTab\eqref[s]{e1} and ...\\
+% |\eqref[name=eq.~]{e1} ...| \ArTab\eqref[name=eq.~]{e1} ...
+% \end{Itabb}
+% A range or a list of references can also be referred to in a
+% consistent way.
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace{14em}\=\kill
+% |\eqref{e1,e2,e3} ...| \ArTab\eqref{e1,e2,e3} ...\\
+% |\eqrangeref[vref]{e1}{e3} ...| \ArTab\eqrangeref[vref]{e1}{e3} ...
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+% Templates for the different reference types and different
+% languages can be loaded with a configuring file.
+%
+% The package is aimed at large projects, enabling a consistent
+% way of producing references throughout a project. Enough
+% flexibility is provided to make local changes to a single
+% reference. For large projects such as a series of books or a
+% multi volume thesis, written as freestanding documents, a
+% facility is provided to interface to the \pkg{xr} package for
+% external document references.
+%
+% \medskip
+%
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{fminipage}[.6\textwidth]
+% See also \pkg{refconfig.pdf} for setup and examples.
+% \end{fminipage}
+% \end{center}
+
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \tableofcontents
+% \clearpage
+%
+%
+% \section{Loading the \RS\ Package}
+%
+% \subsection{Document preamble}
+%
+% The \RS\ package is loaded in the preamble of the document:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item[(a)] With a config file with \pkg{babel} language support
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\usepackage{varioref}[2001/09/04]%|~
+% ${\leftarrow}$ To use the \opt{vref} option\\
+% |\usepackage{refstyle}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% When the package is loaded, it first searchers for a local user defined
+% configuration file \file{refstyle.def}. If it is not available it
+% looks for the global default config file \RScfg\ provided with this package.
+% These configuration files are loaded before the package options are precess.
+% It can therefore contain option commands using globally defined language
+% options and can interface to \pkg{babel} for language changes. The macro
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\DeclareLangOpt{|\meta{language}|}{|\meta{definitions}|}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% is provided to declare the package option \meta{language} and add
+% \meta{definitions} to the |\extras|\meta{language} token for \pkg{babel}.
+% It can only be used inside \RScfg\ or \file{refstyle.def}.
+%
+% \item[(b)]
+% Or with an existing configuration with language support and addition
+% of your own extensions
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\documentclass[norwegian]{article}|\\
+% |\usepackage{babel} |\\
+% |\usepackage{refstyle} |\\
+% |\RSaddto{\RSnorwegian}{% |\\
+% | \def\RSthmtxt{teorem~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSthmstxt{teorem~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSThmtxt{Teorem~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSThmstxt{Teorem~}} |\\
+% |\newref{thm}{ |\\
+% | name = \RSthmtxt, |\\
+% | names = \RSthmstxt, |\\
+% | Name = \RSThmtxt, |\\
+% | Names = \RSThmstxt, |\\
+% | rngtxt = \RSrngtxt, |\\
+% | lsttxt = \RSlsttxt, |\\
+% | lsttwotxt = \RSlsttwotxt} |
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+% \item[(c)]
+% Or without any configuration file, but by declaring your own
+% reference commands in the preamble.
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \cmd{\usepackage}|[noconfig]{refstyle}|\\
+% \qquad\cmd{\newref}\marg{reftype$_{\,1}$}\mkeylst \\
+% \qquad\cmd{\newref}\marg{reftype$_{\,2}$}\mkeylst\\
+% \tab$\vdots$
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+% \item[(d)]
+% Or with your own configuration file (without babel language support) for a specific project:
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% |\usepackage[noconfig]{refstyle}|\\
+% |\input{thisproject.ref}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \subsection{Package options}
+%
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\opt{noconfig}] Neither of the user supplied \file{refstyle.def} config
+% file or \file{refstyle.cfg} the config file supplied with this package
+% are loaded. The user must declare his or her own definitions and templates.
+% Note that these definitions are not passed on to \pkg{babel}'s language
+% changing mechanisms.
+%
+% \item[\opt{nokeyprefix}] Custom labeling commands \argcmd{\rtp}{label} are generated
+% by \pkg{refstyle} for every \meta{type} definition. It defaults to
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace{5em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
+% \argcmd{\rtp}{label}|{abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\label}\rmeta{type\,:\,}{abc}
+% \end{Itabb}
+% With the \opt{nokeyprefix} option, the prefix is turned of and the
+% labeling commands defaults to
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace{5em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
+% \argcmd{\rtp}{label}|{abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\label}|{abc}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+% This is useful for old documents with existing labeling commands or
+% where the user prefer not to use the \argcmd{\rtp}{label} commands.
+%
+%
+% \end{description}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Companion packages}
+%
+% The \RS\ packages is intended for large projects. It is therefore
+% important that it works together with, or has direct interfaces
+% to the following packages:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item[\pkg{varioref}:\footnotemark]
+% \footnotetext{\pkg{varioref} v1.3c, 2001/09/04 or later,
+% because the starred versions of the commands
+% are used.}
+% Produce sophisticated page and page range references.
+%
+% \item[\pkg{hyperref}:\footnotemark]
+% \footnotetext{\pkg{hyperref} v6.72r, 2002/05/27 or later,
+% where a bug for interference with
+% \pkg{varioref} was fixed.}
+% To establish hyper links between the references and the
+% labels.
+%
+% \item[\pkg{xr, xr-hyper}:]
+% To establish references to external documents.
+%
+% \item[\pkg{showkeys}:]
+% To show all the labels and references. This is very useful
+% to find labels in large documents.
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{User Interface}
+%
+% The \RS\ package has one configuring command, \DescribeMacro{\newref}
+% \cmd{\newref}, that internally creates a series of label and
+% reference commands:
+% \blankline
+%
+% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
+% \newcommand*{\crsi}{\smash{\rule[0pt]{.4pt}{1.25em}\rule[.5ex]{1.5em}{.4pt}}}^^A
+% \newcommand*{\crsl}{\smash{\rule[.5ex]{.4pt}{1.5em}\rule[.5ex]{1.5em}{.4pt}}}^^A
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{2em}\=\hspace{2em}\=\hspace{10em}\=\kill
+% \cmd{\newref}\marg{\rtp}\mkeylst\tab\mbox{}\\[.75ex]
+% \>\crsi \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{key} \> Reference argument prefix \\[.75ex]
+% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{label} \> Custom label \\[.75ex]
+% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{ref} \> In text reference \\[.75ex]
+% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\Rtp}}{ref} \> Start of sentence reference \\[.75ex]
+% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{rangeref} \> In text range reference \\[.75ex]
+% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\Rtp}}{rangeref} \> Start of sentence range reference\quad\mbox{}\\[.75ex]
+% \>\crsl \>\argcmd{{\rtp}}{pageref} \> Page reference
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \end{cminipage}
+% \blankline
+%
+% \noindent
+% All the \cmeta{\rtp}... commands, excluding \argcmd{{\rtp}}{key}
+% and \argcmd{{\rtp}}{label} are robust.
+% All the options for the referencing commands are set with a
+% key-value list. \Tabref[vref=far]{refopt} gives a full list of all the
+% key-values and defaults.
+%
+% The \RS\ package do not redefine any internal \LaTeX\ commands and
+% depends only on the \cmd{\label}, \cmd{\ref}, \cmd{\pageref} and
+% the \pkg{varioref} commands.
+% The internally defined commands do not overwrite any
+% existing command with the same name, and an error results if a command
+% already exists. The exception is commands declared with a previous
+% \cmd{\newref} call, can be redefined by calling \cmd{\newref} again
+% with a new set of parameter.
+% If the \pkg{amsmath} package is loaded, and you define
+% \cmd{\newref}|{eq}| for references to equations, you need to
+% undefine \cmd{\eqref} before issuing \cmd{\newref} by
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% \cmd{\let}\cmd{\eqref}|=|\cmd{\relax}
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+%
+% \section{Command Descriptions}
+%
+% The structure of the label and reference commands is given by the
+% syntax diagrams that follows. Examples are included for references
+% to equations, defined according to the template in
+% \RScfg\ with the
+% \cmd{\newref}|{eq}|\mkeylst. See also \secref{keyvals} for
+% explanations of the key-values.
+%
+% \subsection{The reference key}
+%
+% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
+% \begin{syntdiag}
+% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{key}}
+% \end{syntdiag}
+% \end{cminipage}
+% \blankline
+% \noindent
+% The \argcmd{\rtp}{key} command returns the prefix added to the
+% argument of the label and the reference commands, for example:
+%
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
+% \cmd{\newref}\marg{\rtp}|{}|
+% \>\>\argcmd{\rtp}{key} $\rightarrow$ \meta{type\,:\,}\\
+% \cmd{\newref}\marg{\rtp}|{key=xxx-}|
+% \>\>\argcmd{\rtp}{key} $\rightarrow$ |xxx-|
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+% \noindent
+% The \argcmd{\rtp}{key} command is not a general command, but was
+% provided only as a link to the standard \LaTeX{} \cmd{\ref} and
+% \cmd{\pageref} commands:
+%
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
+% \cmd{\label}|{|\argcmd{\rtp}{key}| abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\label}\rmeta{type\,:\,}{abc}\\
+% \cmd{\ref}|{|\argcmd{\rtp}{key}| abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\ref}\rmeta{type\,:\,}{abc}
+% \end{Itabb}
+% Note if the the \opt{nokeyprefix} option is active then the \argcmd{\rtp}{key}
+% is empty.
+%
+% \blankline
+% \noindent
+% \textbf{\slshape Examples:} equations
+% with \cmd{\newref}|{eq}|\mkeylst:
+%
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{18em}\=\kill
+% |\eqkey| \> \eqkey \\
+% |in eq.~\ref{\eqkey e1} ...| \>in eq.~\ref{\eqkey e1} ... \\
+% |on page \pageref{\eqkey e1} ...|\>on page \pageref{\eqkey e1} ... \\
+% |\vpageref*{\eqkey e1} ... | \>\vpageref*{\eqkey e1} ...
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+% \subsection{Reference label}
+%
+% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
+% \begin{syntdiag}
+% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{label}"{"<lbl>"}"}
+% \end{syntdiag}
+% \end{cminipage}
+% \blankline
+%
+% \noindent
+% The command \argcmd{\rtp}{label} prefix the reference
+% string in the \cmd{\label} with the string \meta{type\,:\,}, or its
+% redefinition with the \opt{key} option.
+%
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
+% \argcmd{\rtp}{label}|{abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\label}\rmeta{type\,:\,}{abc}
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \blankline
+%
+% \noindent
+% \textbf{\slshape Examples:}
+%
+% \begingroup
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% Let $z = x+\mathrm{i} y$ and $\alpha = \beta + \mathrm{i}
+% \gamma$, with $\mathrm{i}^2 = -1$, then
+% \begin{align}
+% &\mathrm{e}^z = \mathrm{e}^x \left(\cos y + \mathrm{i} \sin y \right)
+% \spestag{e1}\\
+% &z^\alpha = \mathrm{e}^{\alpha \ln z}
+% \spestag{e2}\\
+% \intertext{\Eqref{e1,e2} lead to the following interesting results:}
+% &\mathrm{e}^{\mathrm{i} \pi} + 1 = 0 \spestag{e3}\\
+% &\mathrm{i}^\mathrm{i} = \mathrm{e}^{-\pi/2}\spestag{e4}
+% \end{align}
+% \end{Ipara}
+% \endgroup
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Reference commands}
+%
+% \begin{cminipage}[1.05\textwidth]
+% \begin{syntdiag}
+% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{ref}}
+% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{$\ast$} \end{stack}
+% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
+% "{"
+% \begin{rep} \tok{<lbl>} \\ ~,~ \end{rep}
+% "}"
+% \end{syntdiag}
+% \end{cminipage}
+% \smallskip
+%
+% \begin{cminipage}[1.05\textwidth]
+% \begin{syntdiag}
+% \tok{\argcmd{\Rtp}{ref}}
+% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{$\ast$} \end{stack}
+% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
+% \tok{"{"}
+% \begin{rep} \tok{<lbl>} \\ ~,~ \end{rep}
+% \tok{"}"}
+% \end{syntdiag}
+% \end{cminipage}
+% \blankline
+% \noindent
+% The |*| optional form of the \argcmd{\rtp}{ref} and
+% \argcmd{\Rtp}{ref} commands eliminates the
+% name prefix. The |[s]| optional key-value argument is for the
+% plural form of the name prefix.
+% \blankline
+%
+% \noindent
+% \textbf{\slshape Examples:}
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{21em}\=\kill
+% |in \eqref{e1} ...| \>in \eqref{e1} ... \\
+% |in \eqref[s]{e1}--\eqref*{e4} ...|\>in \eqref[s]{e1}--\eqref*{e4} ...\\
+% |in \eqref[name=eq.~]{e2} ...| \>in \eqref[name=eq.~]{e2} ...
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \pagebreak[1]
+% \noindent
+% A list of references can be used:
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{21em}\=\kill
+% |in \eqref{e1,e2} ...| \>in \eqref{e1,e2} ... \\
+% |in \eqref{e1,e2,e3} ...| \>in \eqref{e1,e2,e3} ... \\
+% |in \eqref[lsttxt={, and~}]{e1,e2,e3} ...| \>in \eqref[lsttxt={, and~}]{e1,e2,e3} ...
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \pagebreak[2]
+% The reference to the page can be included with the \opt{vref} or \opt{vref=far}
+% options that activates the \pkg{varioref} reference.
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{18em}\=\kill
+% |in \eqref[vref]{e1} ...| \>in \eqref[vref]{e1} ...\\
+% |in \eqref[vref=far]{e1} ...| \>in \eqref[vref=far]{e1} ...
+% \end{Itabb}
+% The \argcmd{\Rtp}{ref} command is identical to the
+% \argcmd{\rtp}{ref} command except that it uses the \opt{Name} and
+% \opt{Names} key-value options.
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{18em}\=\kill
+% |\Eqref{e1} is ...| \>\Eqref{e1} is ... \\
+% |\Eqref{e1,e2} are ...| \>\Eqref{e1,e2} are ... \\
+% |\Eqref[lsttxt={\ or~}]{e1,e2,e3}| \>\Eqref[lsttxt={\ or~}]{e1,e2,e3}
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \noindent
+% References to external documents can be added with the \opt{xr}
+% option. Please read the documentation of the \pkg{xr} package.
+%
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
+% \cmd{\eqref}|[|\opt{xr}|=A-]{xyz}| \> \>$\rightarrow$~
+% |equation~\ref{A-eq:xyz}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Range reference commands}
+%
+% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
+% \begin{syntdiag}
+% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{rangeref}}
+% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{$\ast$} \end{stack}
+% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
+% \tok{"{"<lbl>$_1$"}{"<lbl>$_2$"}"}
+% \end{syntdiag}
+% \end{cminipage}
+% \smallskip
+%
+% \begin{cminipage}[\linewidth]
+% \begin{syntdiag}
+% \tok{\argcmd{\Rtp}{rangeref}}
+% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{$\ast$} \end{stack}
+% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
+% \tok{"{"<lbl>$_1$"}{"<lbl>$_2$"}"}
+% \end{syntdiag}
+% \end{cminipage}
+% \blankline
+%
+% \noindent
+% The \argcmd{\rtp}{rangeref} and \argcmd{\Rtp}{rangeref} commands
+% return a range of references and take two arguments. The |*|
+% optional form again eliminates the name prefix.
+% \blankline
+%
+% \noindent
+% \textbf{\slshape Examples:}
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{19em}\=\kill
+% |in \eqrangeref{e1}{e4} ...| \>in \eqrangeref{e1}{e4} ... \\
+% |... and \eqrangeref*{e1}{e4} ...| \>... and \eqrangeref*{e1}{e4} ... \\
+% |\Eqrangeref{e1}{e4} are ...| \>\Eqrangeref{e1}{e4} are ... \\
+% |\Eqrangeref[vref,rngtxt=--]{e1}{e4}| \>\Eqrangeref[rngtxt=--,vref]{e1}{e4}
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Page reference command}\seclabel{PRefCmds}
+%
+% \begin{cminipage}
+% \begin{syntdiag}
+% \tok{\argcmd{\rtp}{pageref}}
+% \begin{stack}\\ \tok{\okeylst} \end{stack}
+% \tok{"{"<lbl>"}"}
+% \end{syntdiag}
+% \end{cminipage}
+% \blankline
+% \noindent
+% The \argcmd{\rtp}{pageref} commands returns the page number of a
+% reference.
+% \blankline
+%
+% \noindent
+% \textbf{\slshape Examples:}
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{18em}\=\kill
+% |it is on page \eqpageref{e1} ...| \>it is on page \eqpageref{e1} ...\\
+% |it is \eqpageref[vref]{e1} ...| \>it is \eqpageref[vref]{e1} ...
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+%
+%^^A=================================================================
+% \begin{table}
+% \newcommand*{\Q}{\ensuremath{\blacksquare}}^^A
+% \newcommand*{\X}{\ensuremath{\square}}^^A
+% \setlength{\fboxsep}{1em}^^A
+% \centering
+% \caption[The available options and key-value parameters]^^A
+% {The available options and key-value parameters for
+% the label and reference commands of the \RS\ package.}
+% \tablabel{refopt}
+% \blankline
+% \begin{cminipage}[.9\textwidth]
+% \renewcommand{\thempfootnote}{\fnsymbol{mpfootnote}}
+% \renewcommand{\footnoterule}{}
+% \begin{tabular*}{\linewidth}{@{\extracolsep{\fill}}llccccccc@{}}
+% & & \multicolumn{7}{c}{Commands\footnote{^^A
+% The commands are obtained by calling the configuring command
+% \cmd{\newref} and setting the default key-values. The
+% active key-values can be changed temporarily inside the
+% commands.}} \\
+% \cline{3-9}
+% Parameter & Default &
+% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{key}~ \end{turn}&
+% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{label}~ \end{turn}&
+% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{ref}~ \end{turn}&
+% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\Rtp}}{ref}~ \end{turn}&
+% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{rangeref}~ \end{turn}&
+% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\Rtp}}{rangeref}~ \end{turn}&
+% \begin{turn}{90}\argcmd{{\rtp}}{pageref}~ \end{turn}\\
+% \hline
+% \noalign{\smallskip}
+% ~$\ast$ & &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\X\\
+% \okeylst & &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\[1ex]
+% \opt{key} &|={|\meta{\rtp:}|},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\
+% \opt{s} & |={true}|\footnote{^^A
+% Options defaults to \opt{true} but is initialized
+% as \opt{false}. The \argcmd{{\rtp}}{ref}\texttt{[s]}\marg{lbl}
+% command results in the plural: \opt{names}.
+% The same principle is also valid for the \opt{vref}
+% option.\fnlabel{b}}|,|
+% &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\X &\X &\X\\
+% \opt{vref} &|={true}|\fnref*{b}|,|
+% &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\
+% \opt{xr} &|={},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\[1ex]
+% \opt{name} &|={},| &\X &\X &\Q &\X &\X &\X &\X\\
+% \opt{names}\footnote{^^A
+% Option depends on the selection of the \texttt{s=true/false}
+% optional key-value for singular or plural.\fnlabel{c}}
+% &|={},| &\X &\X &\Q &\X &\Q &\X &\X\\
+% \opt{Name} &|={},| &\X &\X &\X &\Q &\X &\X &\X\\
+% \opt{Names}\fnref*{c}
+% &|={},| &\X &\X &\X &\Q &\X &\Q &\X\\
+% \opt{lsttwotxt} &|={\space and~},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\X &\X &\X\\
+% \opt{lsttxt} &|={\space and~},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\X &\X &\X\\
+% \opt{rngtxt} &|={\space to~},| &\X &\X &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\X\\[1ex]
+% \opt{refcmd} &|=\ref{#1},| &\X &\X &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q &\Q\\
+%
+% \hline
+% \noalign{\smallskip}
+%
+% \footnotesize \Q\ -- \makebox[0pt][l]{\footnotesize Available}\\
+% \footnotesize \X\ -- \makebox[0pt][l]{Not available}
+% \end{tabular*}
+% \end{cminipage}
+% \end{table}
+%^^A=================================================================
+%
+%
+%
+% \clearpage
+% \section{\pkg{Keyval} Optional Arguments}\seclabel{keyvals}
+%
+% Al the options for the referencing commands are set with a key-value
+% list. \Tabref[vref]{refopt} gives a full list of all the key-values and
+% defaults. The options can also be changed locally with the
+% \okeylst\ optional arguments.
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Identifier: \opt{key}}
+%
+% The \opt{key} key-value is the prefix to the reference label
+% of the \cmd{\ref} and \cmd{\pageref} commands.
+% The default is \opt{key=}\meta{type\,:\,}.
+% With the default \RScfg:
+%
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
+% \cmd{\newref}|{tab}{...}|\\[1ex]
+% \>|\tablabel{abc}|
+% \>~ $\rightarrow$ |\label{tab:abc}|\\
+% \>|\tabref{abc}|
+% \>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|\\[1ex]
+% \cmd{\newref}|{tab}{key=xxx-,...}|\\[1ex]
+% \>|\tablabel{abc}|
+% \>~ $\rightarrow$ |\label{xxx-abc}|\\
+% \>|\tabref{abc}|
+% \>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{xxx-abc}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+% For existing documents containing labels such as |\label{tab:xx}|,
+% you can use the \opt{nokeyprefix} option which defines \opt{key}|={}|. The
+% normal \cmd{\label} command can then be used and the reference
+% commands defaults to
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
+% \>\cmd{\label}|{tab:xx}| \\
+% \>|\tabref{tab:xx}| \>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:xx}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Plural form: \opt{s}}
+%
+% The \opt{s} conditional option (\texttt{true/false}) switches the
+% singular/plural form of the reference on and off. The default is
+% \opt{s}\texttt{=true}, but it is initialized to \texttt{false}.
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
+% |\tabref{abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|\\
+% |\tabref[s]{abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |tables~\ref{tab:abc}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Extended reference: \opt{vref}}
+%
+% The \opt{vref} conditional option (\texttt{true/far/false}) switches the
+% \pkg{varioref} page referencing on and off. The default is
+% \opt{vref}\texttt{=true}, but it is initialized to \texttt{false}.
+%
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
+% |\tabref{abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|\\
+% |\tabref[vref]{abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|
+% |\vpageref[\unskip]{tab:abc}|\\
+% |\tabref[vref=far]{abc}|^^A
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{tab:abc}|
+% |\reftextfaraway{tab:abc}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{External interfaces: \opt{xr}}
+%
+% The \opt{xr} option is for references to external documents.
+% It inserts a prefix in the reference label, compatible with the
+% \pkg{xr} package. The default is \opt{xr}|={}|.
+%
+% External document can be defined in the preamble with the
+% \pkg{xr} or \pkg{xr-hyper} packages:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% \cmd{\usepackage}|{xr}|\\
+% \cmd{\externaldocument}\oarg{xr\_key}\marg{filename}
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+% \noindent
+% If, for example, an external document defined with
+% \meta{xr\_key}\texttt{=\{A-\}}, uses an identical setup (e.g.\ the same
+% \RScfg), then it can be referenced with
+%
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
+% |\tabref[xr=A-]{abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{A-tab:abc}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \noindent or otherwise
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \tab\=\hspace{3.5cm}\=\hspace{2em}\=\kill
+% |\tabref[xr=A-,key=]{abc}|
+% \>\>~ $\rightarrow$ |table~\ref{A-abc}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Language parameters: \opt{name}, \opt{names},
+% \opt{Name}, \opt{Names}, \opt{rngtxt}, \opt{lsttwotxt}, \opt{lsttxt}}
+% \seclabel{langopts}
+%
+% This key-values contain the text prefixes and insertions.
+% Every house style or user has his or her own preference for naming the reference types,
+% therefore are there no defaults provided.
+%
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{1.5cm}\=\hspace{7cm}\=\kill
+% \opt{name} \> ---~Inside sentence reference prefix (singular)
+% \> default=|{}|\\
+% \opt{names}\> ---~Inside sentence reference prefix (plural)
+% \> default=|{}|\\
+% \opt{Name} \> ---~First word reference prefix (singular)
+% \> default=|{}|\\
+% \opt{Names}\> ---~First word reference prefix (plural)
+% \> default=|{}|\\
+% \opt{rngtxt}\> ---~Range of references
+% \> default=|{\ to~}|\\
+% \opt{lsttwotxt}\> ---~List of references (two)
+% \> default=|{\ and~}|\\
+% \opt{lsttxt}\> ---~List of references (more than two)
+% \> default=|{\ and~}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \noindent
+% Good typographic style manuals recommend the minimum use of
+% capital letters and punctuation that breaks the flow of a sentence
+% or paragraph. For abbreviations, Bringhurst\cite{Bring1996}
+% recommends the Oxford house style: Use a period only when the word
+% stops prematurely. The period is omitted if the abbreviation
+% begins with the first letter and end with the last. As an example
+% for equations, use eq.~(1) or eqn~(1).
+% A good guideline is not to abbreviate any reference type names.
+% If a sentence starts with a
+% reference then the type name must always be written in full.
+% A typical example for references to a table is:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% \opt{name}| ={table~}, |\opt{names}| ={tables~},|\\
+% \opt{Name}| ={Table~}, |\opt{Names}| ={Tables~},|\\
+% \opt{rngtxt}|={\ to~}, |\opt{lsttxt}|={, and~}, |\opt{lsttwotxt}|={\ and~},|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% Note the hardspace after the text. It is needed to keep the text
+% and the reference together on the same line.
+%
+% The \RS\ configuration file can be setup to interface with \pkg{babel}
+% for different languages or for automatic language changes inside a
+% document. The language specific key-values can be added to the
+% \pkg{babel} hook |\extras|\meta{language}. The command
+% \DescribeMacro{\DeclareLangOpt}\cmd{\DeclareLangOpt}\footnote{^^A
+% Only for use in \RScfg\ the default config file}
+% is provided to supply a \meta{language} option to the package
+% and to add the option contents to |\extras|\meta{language}. The
+% default config file contains the following lines for equations:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\newcommand\RSenglish{% |\\
+% | \def\RSeqtxt{equation~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSeqstxt{equations~}%|\\
+% | \def\RSEqtxt{Equation~}% |\\
+% | \def\RSEqstxt{Equations~}%|\\
+% | : |\\
+% | } |\\
+% |\DeclareLangOpt{english}{\RSenglish}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% \DescribeMacro{\RSaddto}or manually with the \cmd{\RSaddto} command
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\RSaddto{\extrasenglish}{\RSenglish}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% The key-value options for language specific options
+% are then set as:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\newref{eq}{% |\\
+% | name = \RSeqtxt, |\\
+% | names = \RSeqstxt,|\\
+% | Name = \RSEqtxt, |\\
+% | Names = \RSEqstxt,|\\
+% | : |\\
+% | } |
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+% \noindent\LaTeX{}/\pkg{babel} provides some language specific
+% names that can be utilized.
+%
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\chaptername \appendixname|\\
+% |\figurename \tablename|\\
+% |\partname \pagename|
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+% To setup a multilingual document with \pkg{babel},
+% \emph{always} make the language options global so that other
+% language compliant packages can detect it.
+% A typical setup for an Afrikaans/English document would be:
+% {\makeatletter\def\meta@font@select{\normalfont\ttfamily\slshape}
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\documentclass[UKenglish,afrikaans,|\meta{options}|]{|\meta{LaTeX\_class}|}|\\
+% |\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}%..|\texttt{\slshape hyphenation of words with accents}\\
+% |\usepackage{babel}%........|\texttt{\slshape language def's}\\
+% |\usepackage{varioref}%.....|\texttt{\slshape for \opt{vref} option}\\
+% |\usepackage{refstyle}|
+% \end{Ipara}}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Reference formatting command: \opt{refcmd}}
+%
+% The \opt{refcmd} key-value holds the contents of the internal
+% command that formats the reference. The |#1| parameter
+% passed to the command is the full reference label.
+% For example:
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace{10em}\=hspace{5em}\=\kill
+% \opt{refcmd}|=(\ref{#1})| \> $\rightarrow$~
+% |(\ref{|\meta{label}|})|
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+% External commands can be employed. For example, to make references
+% to equations identical to the \AmS\ \cmd{\eqref} command:
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \opt{refcmd}|={\textup{\tagform@{\ref{#1}}}}%|~~It needs \file{amsmath.sty}
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+% The \opt{refcmd} can be used in conjuntion with the |\ifRSstar|,
+% |\ifRSnameon|, |\ifRSplural| and |\ifRScapname| internal
+% conditional variables to format the reference. As an example for a
+% reference to a footnote, where a duplicate footnote mark is needed,
+% can the \opt{refcmd} be configured so that the starred form of the
+% reference command produce a superscripted duplicate mark:
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% |\newcommand{\RSfnmark}[1]{%|\\
+% | \begingroup |\\
+% | \unrestored@protected@xdef\@thefnmark{#1}%|\\
+% | \endgroup |\\
+% | \@footnotemark} |\\[1ex]
+% \opt{refcmd}|={\ifRSstar\RSfnmark{\ref{#1}}\else(\ref{#1})\fi}|
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \noindent The second footnote mark, \fnref*[name]{b}, in
+% \tabref[vref]{refopt}, was obtained in this way with the reference
+% |\fnref*{b}|. See \RScfg\ for another
+% example for references to chapters and appendices.
+%
+% The \pkg{nameref} package can easily be incorporated if you need elaborate
+% references which include the section or chapter name:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% |\Secref[vref, refcmd={\S\ref{#1}, `\nameref{#1}'}]{PRefCmds}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% gives
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% \Secref[vref, refcmd={\S\ref{#1}, `\nameref{#1}'}]{PRefCmds}
+% \end{Ipara}
+%
+% \section{Default configuration files}
+%
+% The \pkg{refstyle} package first searches for the \file{refstyle.def}
+% configuration file, and if it not found, then it uses the default
+% configuration file \RScfg\ that is supplied with the package.
+%
+% The default configuration file, \RScfg, makes a
+% number of default reference declarations and provides language
+% definitions for the language parameters. See the file
+% \file{refconfig.pdf} for the documentation.
+% \medskip
+%
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{fminipage}[.55\textwidth]
+% \slshape Any user is welcome to customize the
+% local copy of the \RScfg\ file or copy
+% the relevant contents to your own \file{refstyle.def}
+% configuration file.
+% \end{fminipage}
+% \end{center}
+%
+% \begin{thebibliography}{99}
+% \bibitem{Bring1996}
+% {Bringhurst, R.} (1996), \emph{The elements of typographic style},
+% Hartley \& Marks Publishers, Point Roberts, WA, USA and Vancouver,
+% BC, Canada, second edn.
+% \end{thebibliography}
+%
+% \StopEventually{\PrintChanges\PrintIndex}
+% \clearpage
+%
+% \section{Implementation: \pkg{refstyle.sty}}
+%
+% \subsection{Identification}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*pkg>
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{refstyle}[\RefstyleFileDate\space
+ \RefstyleFileVersion\space
+ Reference formatting (DNJ Els)]
+\newcommand*{\RS@pkgname}{refstyle}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{External packages}
+%
+% Load all the external packages.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{keyval}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@setkeys}
+% \changes{v0.3}{2006/09/09}{original \cmd{\setkeys} copy}
+% Note if \pkg{xkeyval} is loaded, it redefines \pkg{keyval}'s
+% macros. To fix this bug, we need the original \cmd{\setkeys}
+% command.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\RS@setkeys#1#2{%
+ \def\KV@prefix{KV@#1@}%
+ \let\@tempc\relax
+ \KV@do#2,\relax,}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \noindent A small bug-fix for \pkg{showkeys}. Will be removed
+% after release of new version.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifundefined{vref@space}{\let\vref@space\space}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@safe@activestrue}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Add \cmd{\@safe@activesfalse}}
+% \begin{macro}{\@safe@activesfalse}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Add \cmd{\@safe@activestrue}}
+% If \pkg{babel} is not loaded, make the following
+% commands inactive.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand*{\@safe@activestrue}{}
+\providecommand*{\@safe@activesfalse}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Utility commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@namelet}
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@nameuse}
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@namedef}
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@robustnamedef}
+% \noindent
+% The following is a list of commands that take a variable \marg{name}
+% as argument. This enables on-the-fly definitions of user commands.
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% Usage:~\=\cmd{\RS@robustnamedef}\marg{name}~\=\kill
+% Usage:
+% \>\cmd{\RS@namelet}\marg{name}
+% \> $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\let}\cmeta{name}\\
+% \>\cmd{\RS@nameuse}\marg{name}
+% \> $\rightarrow$ \cmeta{name}\\
+% \>\cmd{\RS@namedef}\marg{name}
+% \> $\rightarrow$ \cmd{\def}\cmeta{name}\\
+% \>\cmd{\RS@robustnamedef}\marg{name}
+% \> $\rightarrow$
+% \cmd{\def}\cmeta{name}|{\protect|\cmeta{name\textvisiblespace}|}|^^A
+% \cmd{\def}\cmeta{name\textvisiblespace}
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@namelet}[1]{\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname}
+\newcommand*{\RS@nameuse}[1]{\csname #1\endcsname}
+\newcommand*{\RS@namedef}[1]{\expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname}
+\newcommand*{\RS@robustnamedef}[1]{%
+ \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname{%
+ \noexpand\protect\RS@nameuse{#1 }}%
+ \RS@namedef{#1 }}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@ifundefined}
+% This is an improved definition\footnote{Posted by Markus Kohm
+% on c.t.t. 2002/11/11} for the \LaTeX{} kernel command
+% \cmd{\@ifundefined} that do not leave an undefined command
+% defined as \cmd{\relax} after the test.
+%
+% The usage is:
+% \cmd{\RS@ifundefined}\marg{name}\marg{true}\marg{false} executes
+% the contents of \meta{true} if \cmeta{name} is not defined and
+% \meta{false} if defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\RS@ifundefined#1{%
+ \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+ \else
+ \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@removedef}
+% The command removes the definition of a command, including
+% robust definitions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@removedef}[1]{%
+ \RS@namelet{#1}\@undefined%
+ \RS@ifundefined{#1 }{}{\RS@namelet{#1 }\@undefined}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@testednamedef}
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@testedrobustnamedef}
+% These command are identical to \cmd{\RS@namedef} and
+% \cmd{\RS@robustnamedef}, but only define the \cmeta{name}
+% command if it is legal. Otherwise an error message
+% is written to the log file and the program is terminated.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@testednamedef}[1]{%
+ \RS@ifnamedefinable{#1}\RS@namedef{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@testedrobustnamedef}[1]{%
+ \RS@ifnamedefinable{#1}\RS@robustnamedef{#1}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@ifnamedefinable}
+% A modified version of the \LaTeX{} kernel command
+% (from ltdefns.dtx).
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\RS@ifnamedefinable #1{%
+ \edef\reserved@a{#1}%
+ \RS@ifundefined\reserved@a
+ {\edef\reserved@b{\expandafter\@carcube \reserved@a xxx\@nil}%
+ \ifx \reserved@b\@qend \RS@notdefinable\else
+ \ifx \reserved@a\@qrelax \RS@notdefinable\else
+ \PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{\@backslashchar\reserved@a\space created}%
+ \fi
+ \fi}%
+ \RS@notdefinable}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@notdefinable}
+% The error message when an illegal definition is attempted.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\gdef\RS@notdefinable{%
+ \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}{%
+ Command \@backslashchar\reserved@a\space
+ already defined.\MessageBreak
+ Or name \@backslashchar\@qend... illegal.\MessageBreak
+ It can not be redefined by the \@backslashchar newref%
+ }{%
+ If \@backslashchar\reserved@a\space is not important\MessageBreak
+ then \protect\let\@backslashchar\reserved@a%
+ =\protect\relax,\MessageBreak
+ else use a different \@backslashchar newref.}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@setbool}
+% The command\footnote{Taken from the \pkg{ifthen} package.}
+% \cmd{\RS@setbool}\marg{conditional}\marg{true/false}
+% sets the \meta{conditional} to |true| or |false|.
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% Usage:~\=
+% \cmd{\RS@setbool}|{RSplural}{false}|\quad\=$\rightarrow$\quad
+% |\RSpluralfalse|\\
+% \>\cmd{\RS@setbool}|{RSplural}{true}|\quad\>$\rightarrow$\quad
+% |\RSpluraltrue|
+% \end{Itabb}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@setbool}[2]{%
+ \lowercase{\def\@tempa{#2}}%
+ \@ifundefined{@tempswa\@tempa}%
+ {\PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
+ {You can only set the option to `true' or `false'}\@ehc}%
+ {\csname#1\@tempa\endcsname}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{First character case changes}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@firstcap}
+% This macro\footnote{Posted by Dan Luecking on c.t.t.} change the
+% first character of a string to uppercase and returns the result
+% in \cmd{\RS@cap}.
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% Usage:~|\RS@fistcap xxxx\@nil| then |\RS@cap| $\rightarrow$ |Xxxx|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\RS@firstcap#1#2\@nil{%
+ \iffalse{\fi
+ \uppercase{\edef\RS@cap{\iffalse}\fi#1}#2}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Reference building commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifRS@keyactive}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \opt{nokeyprefix} to turn of the key prefix}
+% We need to peek into the options list for the \opt{nokeyprefix} option
+% before the options are processed to find out if the key prefix must be
+% included in the |\|\meta{key}|label| command. Make \opt{nokeyprefix}
+% not used afterwards.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifRS@keyactive
+\@ifpackagewith{\@currname}{nokeyprefix}%
+ {\RS@keyactivefalse}%
+ {\RS@keyactivetrue}
+\DeclareOption{nokeyprefix}{\OptionNotUsed}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifRSstar}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifRSnameon}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifRScapname}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifRSplural}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifRSlsttwo}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \cmd{\ifRSlsttwo} test for list containing only two parameter}
+% The |\if| conditional values that are set by the reference commands.
+% These values can be accessed by user defined key-values.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newif\ifRSstar\RSstarfalse
+\newif\ifRSnameon\RSnameontrue
+\newif\ifRScapname\RScapnamefalse
+\newif\ifRSplural\RSpluralfalse
+\newif\ifRSlsttwo\RSlsttwofalse
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newref}
+% The main user interface for template setup. It take the |#1| or
+% \meta{key} parameter and make it lowercase before passing it on to
+% \cmd{\RS@newref}.
+%
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\newref}[1]{%
+ \lowercase{\def\RS@tempa{#1}}%
+ \expandafter\RS@newref\expandafter{\RS@tempa}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@newref}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Ad \texttt{lsttwotxt} option}
+% This command configures a new template.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@newref}[2]{%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Clears an existing template before defining a new one.\eNP
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RS@clearref{#1}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Create |\ifRS@|\meta{key}|vref| conditional \eNP
+% \begin{macrocode}
+% \expandafter\newif\csname ifRS@#1vref\endcsname%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Creates a series of key-values for every template
+% that stores the setup for the specific template.\eNP
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifRS@keyactive
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{key}[#1:]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@key}{##1}}%
+ \else
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{key}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@key}{##1}}%
+ \fi
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{s}[true]{\RS@setbool{RSplural}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{name}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@name}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{names}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@names}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{Name}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@Name}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{Names}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@Names}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{rngtxt}[\space to~]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@rngtxt}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{lsttwotxt}[\space and~]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@lsttwotxt}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{lsttxt}[\space and~]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@lsttxt}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{refcmd}[\ref{####1}]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@rcmd}####1{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{xr}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@xr}{##1}}%
+ \define@key{RS@#1}{vref}[true]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1vref}{##1}}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Set default key-value parameters.\eNP
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{key,
+ s=false,
+ name,names,Name,Names,
+ rngtxt,lsttwotxt,lsttxt,
+ refcmd,
+ xr,
+ vref=false}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Set key-values according to user definitions.\eNP
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \bNP[2.0]\noindent Build the reference commands.\eNP
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \RS@buildref{#1}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@clearref}
+% Clear a reference template for redefinition. It check
+% if the template already exists and clear it if it does.
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@clearref}[1]{%
+ \RS@ifundefined{RS@#1@template}
+ {\RS@namedef{RS@#1@template}{#1}%
+ \PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}%
+ {New reference template \protect\newref{#1}}{}}
+ {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}%
+ {Reference template \protect\newref{#1} redefined}{}
+ \RS@firstcap#1\@nil
+ \RS@removedef{#1key}%
+ \RS@removedef{#1label}%
+ \RS@removedef{#1ref}%
+ \RS@removedef{\RS@cap ref}%
+ \RS@removedef{#1rangeref}%
+ \RS@removedef{\RS@cap rangeref}%
+ \RS@removedef{#1pageref}%
+ }%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@buildref}
+% Build the reference commands. See \tabref{refopt} for the list of
+% commands. The \cmd{\RS@buildref}\marg{key} build commands to
+% call \cmd{\RS@cmd}\marg{cmd}\marg{key}, for example:
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% \cmeta{key}|ref| \quad$\rightarrow$\quad
+% |{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{ref}|\marg{key}|}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Remove robust def of \argcmd{{\rtp}}{label}}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@buildref}[1]{%
+ \RS@firstcap#1\@nil
+ \RS@testednamedef{#1key}{\RS@nameuse{RS@#1@key}}
+ \RS@testednamedef{#1label}##1{\label{\RS@nameuse{RS@#1@key}##1}}
+ \RS@testedrobustnamedef{#1ref}{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{ref}{#1}}
+ \RS@testedrobustnamedef{\RS@cap ref}{\RScapnametrue\RS@cmd{ref}{#1}}
+ \RS@testedrobustnamedef{#1rangeref}{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{rangeref}{#1}}
+ \RS@testedrobustnamedef{\RS@cap rangeref}{\RScapnametrue\RS@cmd{rangeref}{#1}}
+ \RS@testedrobustnamedef{#1pageref}{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{pageref}{#1}}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@cmd}
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@@cmd}
+% The command \cmd{\RS@cmd}\marg{cmd}\marg{key} calls the final
+% reference formatting commands.
+% It checks for the starred form and set the conditionals
+% |\ifRSstar| and |\ifRSnameon| accordingly.
+% It also extracts the optional key-value list.
+% \begin{Itabb}
+% \hspace*{4.5cm}\=\kill
+% \cmd{\RS@cmd}|{ref}|\marg{key} \>$\rightarrow$\quad
+% |\RS@ref|\marg{key}\okeylst\\
+% \cmd{\RS@cmd}|{rangeref}|\marg{key} \>$\rightarrow$\quad
+% |\RS@rangeref|\marg{key}\okeylst\\
+% \cmd{\RS@cmd}|{pageref}|\marg{key} \>$\rightarrow$\quad
+% |\RS@pageref|\marg{key}\okeylst
+% \end{Itabb}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@cmd}[2]{%
+ \@ifstar{\RSstartrue\RSnameonfalse\RS@@cmd{#1}{#2}}%
+ {\RSstarfalse\RSnameontrue\RS@@cmd{#1}{#2}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@@cmd}[2]{%
+ \@ifnextchar[%
+ {\RS@nameuse{RS@#1}{#2}}%
+ {\RS@nameuse{RS@#1}{#2}[]}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Reference formatting commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@ref}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Add \cmd{\@safe@activestrue} to avoid active chars is ref list}
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@@ref}
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@@@ref}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Add \cmd{\ifRSlsttwo} test for list containing only two parameter}
+% The command \cmd{\RS@ref}\marg{key}\okeylst\marg{label\_lst}
+% typeset the references to the comma-separated reference
+% label list according to the configuration for \meta{key}.
+%
+% First of all, remove all spaces for the reference label list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\RS@ref#1[#2]#3{%
+ \begingroup
+ \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
+ \@safe@activestrue%
+ \edef\RS@tmpa{\zap@space#3 \@empty}%
+ \@safe@activesfalse%
+ \edef\RS@tmpa{\noexpand\RS@@ref{#1} \RS@tmpa,\relax\noexpand\@eolst}%
+ \RS@tmpa%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% Check if there is a single or multiple references in the
+% reference label list. If a single reference label then use the
+% form set by the \opt{s} key-value. If multiple reference labels
+% the use the plural form of the name prefix.\footnote{
+% The list of reference commands came from the \pkg{typedref} package.}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\RS@@ref#1 #2,#3\@eolst{%
+ \ifx\relax#3\relax
+ \RS@makename{#1}%
+ \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
+ \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \RSpluraltrue%
+ \RS@makename{#1}%
+ \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
+ \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
+ \RSnameonfalse%
+ \RSlsttwotrue%
+ \RS@@@ref{#1} #3\@eolst%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% For more than one reference in the reference list, typeset the
+% rest of the references.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\RS@@@ref#1 #2,#3\@eolst{%
+ \ifx\relax#3\relax
+ \ifRSlsttwo
+ \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@lsttwotxt}%
+ \else
+ \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@lsttxt}%
+ \fi
+ \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
+ \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \RSlsttwofalse%
+ \unskip,\space%
+ \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
+ \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
+ \RS@@@ref{#1} #3\@eolst%
+ \fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@rangeref}
+% The command \cmd{\RS@rangeref}\marg{key}\okeylst\marg{lbl1}\marg{lbl2}
+% typeset the references as a range.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\RS@rangeref#1[#2]#3#4{%
+ \begingroup
+ \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
+ \RSpluraltrue%
+ \RS@makename{#1}%
+ \RS@makeref{#1}{#3}%
+ \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@rngtxt}%
+ \RSnameonfalse%
+ \RS@makeref{#1}{#4}%
+ \RS@makevpagerefrange{#1}{#3}{#4}%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@pageref}
+% The command \cmd{\RS@pageref}\marg{key}\okeylst\marg{lbl} type
+% the page where \marg{lbl} was defined.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\RS@pageref#1[#2]#3{%
+ \begingroup%
+ \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
+ \RS@ifvref{#1}%
+ {\mbox{}\vpageref*{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
+ {\reftextfaraway{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
+ {\pageref{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
+ \endgroup}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Remove redundant \cmd{\RS@label}}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@true}{true}
+\newcommand*{\RS@false}{false}
+\newcommand*{\RS@far}{far}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@ifvref}
+% The command \cmd{\RS@ifvref}\marg{key}\marg{true}\marg{faraway}\marg{false}
+% executes the contents of \meta{true} if the \opt{vref} option for
+% the \meta{key} reference type is true and \meta{false} otherwise.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\RS@ifvref}[4]{%
+ \edef\RS@tempa{\RS@nameuse{RS@#1vref}}%
+ \ifx\RS@tempa\RS@true\relax
+ #2%
+ \else\ifx\RS@tempa\RS@far\relax
+ #3%
+ \else\ifx\RS@tempa\RS@false\relax
+ #4%
+ \else
+ \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
+ {You can only set the vref option to `true', `far' or `false'}\@ehc
+ \fi\fi\fi}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@makename}
+% The command \cmd{\RS@makename}\marg{key} build the prefix
+% to the reference commands.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\RS@makename}[1]{%
+ \ifRSstar\else\ifRSnameon
+ \ifRSplural
+ \ifRScapname
+ \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@Names}%
+ \else
+ \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@names}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \ifRScapname
+ \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@Name}%
+ \else
+ \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@name}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@lbl}
+% This command builds the full label string for the \cmd{\ref}
+% command.
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% \cmd{\RS@lbl}\marg{key}\marg{label} \quad$\rightarrow$\quad
+% |{|\meta{xr_key}\meta{key}\meta{label}|}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@lbl}[2]{%
+ \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@xr}\RS@nameuse{RS@#1@key}#2%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@makeref}
+% The command \cmd{\RS@makeref}\marg{key}\marg{label} formats
+% the \cmd{\ref} output
+% \begin{Ipara}
+% \cmd{\RS@makeref}\marg{key}\marg{label} \quad$\rightarrow$\quad
+% \cmeta{rcmd}|{\ref{|\meta{xr_key}\meta{key}\meta{label}|}}|
+% \end{Ipara}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\RS@makeref}[2]{%
+ \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@rcmd}{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@makevpageref}
+% The command \cmd{\RS@makevpageref}\marg{key}\marg{label} adds the
+% \pkg{varioref} page reference if the \opt{vref} option is true.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\RS@makevpageref}[2]{%
+ \RS@ifvref{#1}%
+ {\vpageref[\unskip]{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}}%
+ { \reftextfaraway{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}}%
+ {}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@makevpagerefrange}
+% The command \cmd{\RS@makevpagerefrange}\marg{key}\marg{lbl1}\marg{lbl1}
+% adds the \pkg{varioref} page range reference if the \opt{vref}
+% option is true.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\RS@makevpagerefrange}[3]{%
+ \RS@ifvref{#1}%
+ {\space\vpagerefrange[\unskip]{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
+ {\space\vpagerefrange[\unskip]{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
+ {}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{\pkg{varioref} command predefinitions}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \providecommand{\vpageref}{%
+ \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
+ {The vref option used, but varioref.sty not loaded.}%
+ {Load varioref.sty}}
+ \providecommand{\reftextfaraway}{%
+ \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
+ {The vref=far option used, but varioref.sty not loaded.}%
+ {Load varioref.sty}}
+ \providecommand{\vpagerefrange}{%
+ \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
+ {The vref option used, but varioref.sty not loaded.}%
+ {Load varioref.sty}}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Support for language option inclusions in config file}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RSaddto}
+% \changes{v0.2}{2003/07/30}{Rename \cmd{\RS@addto} to \cmd{\RSaddto}}
+% Command from the \pkg{varioref} package is used to add
+% language definitions to the |\extras|\meta{language} token
+% for \pkg{babel}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\RSaddto#1#2{%
+ #2%
+ \@temptokena{#2}%
+ \ifx#1\relax
+ \let#1\@empty
+ \fi
+ \ifx#1\undefined
+ \edef#1{\the\@temptokena}%
+ \else
+ \toks@\expandafter{#1}%
+ \edef#1{\the\toks@\the\@temptokena}%
+ \fi
+ \@temptokena{}\toks@\@temptokena}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareLangOpt}
+% \changes{v0.5}{2010/11/02}{Add \cmd{\extras}\meta{language} to beginning of document.}
+% Command to declare a language option and add
+% language definitions to the |\extras|\meta{language} token
+% for \pkg{babel}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\def\DeclareLangOpt#1#2{%
+ \edef\RS@tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\string#2}%
+ \RS@ifundefined{\RS@tempa}%
+ {\PackageError{\RS@pkgname}{%
+ Unknown definitions \@backslashchar\RS@tempa\MessageBreak
+ for language option `#1'}{}}%
+ {\DeclareOption{#1}{%
+ \AtBeginDocument{\expandafter\RSaddto\csname extras#1\endcsname #2}}}%
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%
+% \subsection{Configuration files}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\RS@cfgfile,\RS@reffile}
+% \changes{v0.4}{2010/10/21}{Ad alternative definition file \cmd{refstyle.def}}
+% Define the config file and alternate definition file names.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*{\RS@cfgfile}{refstyle.cfg}
+\newcommand*{\RS@reffile}{refstyle.def}
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% We need to peek into the options list before the
+% options are processed to find out if the config
+% file is to be loaded or not. The config file can
+% contain options and must be loaded before
+% \cmd{\ProcessOptions}. Make \opt{noconfig} not used
+% afterwards.
+%
+% We first test for a local config file \file{refstyle.def}
+% and then for the global config file \file{refstyle.cfg}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackagewith{\@currname}{noconfig}%
+ {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{No config file loaded}}%
+ {\InputIfFileExists{\RS@reffile}%
+ {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{Local config file \RS@reffile\space used}}
+ {\InputIfFileExists{\RS@cfgfile}%
+ {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{Config file \RS@cfgfile\space used}}%
+ {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{No config file found}}}}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{noconfig}{\OptionNotUsed}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Process the options, including options in config file.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\ProcessOptions*\relax
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The end of this package.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</pkg>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
+\endinput
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.ins b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.ins
index ced9ef9722..5d69497509 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.ins
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.ins
@@ -1,97 +1,92 @@
-% refstyle.ins
-% Copyright (C) 2002--2010 Danie Els
-%
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-% The refstyle package
-% for the formatting of references
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
-% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this
-% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-% of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%
-% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status)
-% by Danie Els (dnjels@sun.ac.za).
-%
-% This package consists of the files: refstyle.dtx
-% refconfig.dtx
-% refstyle.ins
-% and the derived files: refstyle.sty
-% refstyle.cfg
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-% This file will generate fast loadable files and documentation
-% driver files from the doc files in this package when run through
-% LaTeX or TeX.
-% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-\def\batchfile{refstyle.ins}
-\def\filedate{2010/10/21}
-\input docstrip.tex
-\keepsilent
-
-\declarepreamble\package
-
-Copyright (C) 2002--2010 Danie Els
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------
- The refstyle package
- for the formatting of references
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
-of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this
-license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-of this license is in
- http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-version 2005/12/01 or later.
-
-This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status)
-by Danie Els (dnjels@sun.ac.za).
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-\endpreamble
-
-\generate{%
- \askforoverwritefalse
- \usepreamble\package
- \file{refstyle.sty}{\from{refstyle.dtx}{pkg}}}
-
-
-
-
-\declarepreamble\config
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------
- The refstyle package
- for the formatting of references
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-This file may be customized to suit specific user requirements.
-
-Original by Danie Els <dnjels@sun.ac.za>
--------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-\endpreamble
-\generate{%
- \askforoverwritefalse
- \usepreamble\config
- \file{refstyle.cfg}{\from{refconfig.dtx}{cfg}}}
-
-
-\obeyspaces
-\Msg{**********************************************************}
-\Msg{* *}
-\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the *}
-\Msg{* following files into a directory searched by TeX: *}
-\Msg{* *}
-\Msg{* refstyle.sty *}
-\Msg{* refstyle.cfg *}
-\Msg{* *}
-\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the file ustitle.dtx *}
-\Msg{* through LaTeX. *}
-\Msg{* *}
-\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}
-\Msg{**********************************************************}
-\endbatchfile
+% refstyle.ins
+% Copyright (C) 2002--2024 Danie Els
+%
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+% The refstyle package
+% for the formatting of references
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this
+% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+% of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2008/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status 'maintained'.
+%
+% This Current Maintainer of this work is Danie Els (dnjels@gmail.com)
+%
+% This package consists of the files: refstyle.dtx
+% refconfig.dtx
+% refstyle.ins
+% and the derived files: refstyle.sty
+% refstyle.cfg
+% -------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\def\batchfile{refstyle.ins}
+\def\filedate{2024/01/31}
+\input docstrip.tex
+\keepsilent
+
+\declarepreamble\package
+
+Copyright (C) 2002--2024 Danie Els
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ The refstyle package
+ for the formatting of references
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
+of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this
+license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+of this license is in
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+version 2008/12/01 or later.
+
+This work has the LPPL maintenance status 'maintained'.
+
+This Current Maintainer of this work is Danie Els (dnjels@gmail.com)
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\endpreamble
+
+\generate{%
+ \askforoverwritefalse
+ \usepreamble\package
+ \file{refstyle.sty}{\from{refstyle.dtx}{pkg}}}
+
+
+\declarepreamble\config
+
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+ The refstyle package
+ for the formatting of references
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+This file may be customized to suit specific user requirements.
+
+Original by Danie Els (dnjels@gmail.com)
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+\endpreamble
+\generate{%
+ \askforoverwritefalse
+ \usepreamble\config
+ \file{refstyle.cfg}{\from{refconfig.dtx}{cfg}}}
+
+
+\obeyspaces
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the *}
+\Msg{* following files into a directory searched by TeX: *}
+\Msg{* refstyle.sty *}
+\Msg{* refstyle.cfg *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* To produce the documentation run through LaTeX the files: *}
+\Msg{* refstyle.dtx *}
+\Msg{* refconfig.dtx *}
+\Msg{* *}
+\Msg{* Happy TeXing! *}
+\Msg{*************************************************************}
+\endbatchfile
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
index 0e94b7db28..a7bc463295 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 11f0c3606b..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,327 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `refstyle.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% refstyle.dtx (with options: `pkg')
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2002--2010 Danie Els
-%%
-%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%% The refstyle package
-%% for the formatting of references
-%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions
-%% of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c of this
-%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-%% of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work is "maintained" (as per LPPL maintenance status)
-%% by Danie Els (dnjels@sun.ac.za).
-%% -------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-\newcommand*{\RefstyleFileDate}{2010/11/02}
-\newcommand*{\RefstyleFileVersion}{v0.5}
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1999/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{refstyle}[\RefstyleFileDate\space
- \RefstyleFileVersion\space
- Reference formatting (DNJ Els)]
-\newcommand*{\RS@pkgname}{refstyle}
-\RequirePackage{keyval}
-\def\RS@setkeys#1#2{%
- \def\KV@prefix{KV@#1@}%
- \let\@tempc\relax
- \KV@do#2,\relax,}
-\@ifundefined{vref@space}{\let\vref@space\space}{}
-\providecommand*{\@safe@activestrue}{}
-\providecommand*{\@safe@activesfalse}{}
-\newcommand*{\RS@namelet}[1]{\expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname}
-\newcommand*{\RS@nameuse}[1]{\csname #1\endcsname}
-\newcommand*{\RS@namedef}[1]{\expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname}
-\newcommand*{\RS@robustnamedef}[1]{%
- \expandafter\edef\csname #1\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\protect\RS@nameuse{#1 }}%
- \RS@namedef{#1 }}
-\def\RS@ifundefined#1{%
- \begingroup\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\endgroup
- \expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\@firstoftwo
- \else
- \expandafter\@secondoftwo
- \fi}
-\newcommand*{\RS@removedef}[1]{%
- \RS@namelet{#1}\@undefined%
- \RS@ifundefined{#1 }{}{\RS@namelet{#1 }\@undefined}}
-\newcommand*{\RS@testednamedef}[1]{%
- \RS@ifnamedefinable{#1}\RS@namedef{#1}}
-\newcommand*{\RS@testedrobustnamedef}[1]{%
- \RS@ifnamedefinable{#1}\RS@robustnamedef{#1}}
-\long\def\RS@ifnamedefinable #1{%
- \edef\reserved@a{#1}%
- \RS@ifundefined\reserved@a
- {\edef\reserved@b{\expandafter\@carcube \reserved@a xxx\@nil}%
- \ifx \reserved@b\@qend \RS@notdefinable\else
- \ifx \reserved@a\@qrelax \RS@notdefinable\else
- \PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{\@backslashchar\reserved@a\space created}%
- \fi
- \fi}%
- \RS@notdefinable}
-\gdef\RS@notdefinable{%
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}{%
- Command \@backslashchar\reserved@a\space
- already defined.\MessageBreak
- Or name \@backslashchar\@qend... illegal.\MessageBreak
- It can not be redefined by the \@backslashchar newref%
- }{%
- If \@backslashchar\reserved@a\space is not important\MessageBreak
- then \protect\let\@backslashchar\reserved@a%
- =\protect\relax,\MessageBreak
- else use a different \@backslashchar newref.}%
- }
-\newcommand*{\RS@setbool}[2]{%
- \lowercase{\def\@tempa{#2}}%
- \@ifundefined{@tempswa\@tempa}%
- {\PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {You can only set the option to `true' or `false'}\@ehc}%
- {\csname#1\@tempa\endcsname}}
-\def\RS@firstcap#1#2\@nil{%
- \iffalse{\fi
- \uppercase{\edef\RS@cap{\iffalse}\fi#1}#2}}%
-\newif\ifRS@keyactive
-\@ifpackagewith{\@currname}{nokeyprefix}%
- {\RS@keyactivefalse}%
- {\RS@keyactivetrue}
-\DeclareOption{nokeyprefix}{\OptionNotUsed}
-\newif\ifRSstar\RSstarfalse
-\newif\ifRSnameon\RSnameontrue
-\newif\ifRScapname\RScapnamefalse
-\newif\ifRSplural\RSpluralfalse
-\newif\ifRSlsttwo\RSlsttwofalse
-\newcommand*{\newref}[1]{%
- \lowercase{\def\RS@tempa{#1}}%
- \expandafter\RS@newref\expandafter{\RS@tempa}}
-\newcommand*{\RS@newref}[2]{%
- \RS@clearref{#1}%
- \ifRS@keyactive
- \define@key{RS@#1}{key}[#1:]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@key}{##1}}%
- \else
- \define@key{RS@#1}{key}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@key}{##1}}%
- \fi
- \define@key{RS@#1}{s}[true]{\RS@setbool{RSplural}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{name}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@name}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{names}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@names}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{Name}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@Name}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{Names}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@Names}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{rngtxt}[\space to~]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@rngtxt}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{lsttwotxt}[\space and~]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@lsttwotxt}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{lsttxt}[\space and~]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@lsttxt}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{refcmd}[\ref{####1}]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@rcmd}####1{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{xr}[]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1@xr}{##1}}%
- \define@key{RS@#1}{vref}[true]{\RS@namedef{RS@#1vref}{##1}}%
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{key,
- s=false,
- name,names,Name,Names,
- rngtxt,lsttwotxt,lsttxt,
- refcmd,
- xr,
- vref=false}%
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
- \RS@buildref{#1}%
- }
-\newcommand*{\RS@clearref}[1]{%
- \RS@ifundefined{RS@#1@template}
- {\RS@namedef{RS@#1@template}{#1}%
- \PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}%
- {New reference template \protect\newref{#1}}{}}
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}%
- {Reference template \protect\newref{#1} redefined}{}
- \RS@firstcap#1\@nil
- \RS@removedef{#1key}%
- \RS@removedef{#1label}%
- \RS@removedef{#1ref}%
- \RS@removedef{\RS@cap ref}%
- \RS@removedef{#1rangeref}%
- \RS@removedef{\RS@cap rangeref}%
- \RS@removedef{#1pageref}%
- }%
- }
-\newcommand*{\RS@buildref}[1]{%
- \RS@firstcap#1\@nil
- \RS@testednamedef{#1key}{\RS@nameuse{RS@#1@key}}
- \RS@testednamedef{#1label}##1{\label{\RS@nameuse{RS@#1@key}##1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{#1ref}{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{ref}{#1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{\RS@cap ref}{\RScapnametrue\RS@cmd{ref}{#1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{#1rangeref}{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{rangeref}{#1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{\RS@cap rangeref}{\RScapnametrue\RS@cmd{rangeref}{#1}}
- \RS@testedrobustnamedef{#1pageref}{\RScapnamefalse\RS@cmd{pageref}{#1}}
- }
-\newcommand*{\RS@cmd}[2]{%
- \@ifstar{\RSstartrue\RSnameonfalse\RS@@cmd{#1}{#2}}%
- {\RSstarfalse\RSnameontrue\RS@@cmd{#1}{#2}}}
-\newcommand*{\RS@@cmd}[2]{%
- \@ifnextchar[%
- {\RS@nameuse{RS@#1}{#2}}%
- {\RS@nameuse{RS@#1}{#2}[]}}
-\def\RS@ref#1[#2]#3{%
- \begingroup
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
- \@safe@activestrue%
- \edef\RS@tmpa{\zap@space#3 \@empty}%
- \@safe@activesfalse%
- \edef\RS@tmpa{\noexpand\RS@@ref{#1} \RS@tmpa,\relax\noexpand\@eolst}%
- \RS@tmpa%
- \endgroup}
-\def\RS@@ref#1 #2,#3\@eolst{%
- \ifx\relax#3\relax
- \RS@makename{#1}%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
- \else
- \RSpluraltrue%
- \RS@makename{#1}%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
- \RSnameonfalse%
- \RSlsttwotrue%
- \RS@@@ref{#1} #3\@eolst%
- \fi}
-\def\RS@@@ref#1 #2,#3\@eolst{%
- \ifx\relax#3\relax
- \ifRSlsttwo
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@lsttwotxt}%
- \else
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@lsttxt}%
- \fi
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
- \else
- \RSlsttwofalse%
- \unskip,\space%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@makevpageref{#1}{#2}%
- \RS@@@ref{#1} #3\@eolst%
- \fi}
-\def\RS@rangeref#1[#2]#3#4{%
- \begingroup
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
- \RSpluraltrue%
- \RS@makename{#1}%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#3}%
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@rngtxt}%
- \RSnameonfalse%
- \RS@makeref{#1}{#4}%
- \RS@makevpagerefrange{#1}{#3}{#4}%
- \endgroup}
-\def\RS@pageref#1[#2]#3{%
- \begingroup%
- \RS@setkeys{RS@#1}{#2}%
- \RS@ifvref{#1}%
- {\mbox{}\vpageref*{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- {\reftextfaraway{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- {\pageref{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- \endgroup}
-\newcommand*{\RS@true}{true}
-\newcommand*{\RS@false}{false}
-\newcommand*{\RS@far}{far}
-\newcommand{\RS@ifvref}[4]{%
- \edef\RS@tempa{\RS@nameuse{RS@#1vref}}%
- \ifx\RS@tempa\RS@true\relax
- #2%
- \else\ifx\RS@tempa\RS@far\relax
- #3%
- \else\ifx\RS@tempa\RS@false\relax
- #4%
- \else
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {You can only set the vref option to `true', `far' or `false'}\@ehc
- \fi\fi\fi}
-\newcommand{\RS@makename}[1]{%
- \ifRSstar\else\ifRSnameon
- \ifRSplural
- \ifRScapname
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@Names}%
- \else
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@names}%
- \fi
- \else
- \ifRScapname
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@Name}%
- \else
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@name}%
- \fi
- \fi
- \fi\fi
- }
-\newcommand*{\RS@lbl}[2]{%
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@xr}\RS@nameuse{RS@#1@key}#2%
- }
-\newcommand{\RS@makeref}[2]{%
- \RS@nameuse{RS@#1@rcmd}{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}%
- }
-\newcommand{\RS@makevpageref}[2]{%
- \RS@ifvref{#1}%
- {\vpageref[\unskip]{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}}%
- { \reftextfaraway{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}}%
- {}%
- }
-\newcommand{\RS@makevpagerefrange}[3]{%
- \RS@ifvref{#1}%
- {\space\vpagerefrange[\unskip]{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- {\space\vpagerefrange[\unskip]{\RS@lbl{#1}{#2}}{\RS@lbl{#1}{#3}}}%
- {}%
- }
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \providecommand{\vpageref}{%
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {The vref option used, but varioref.sty not loaded.}%
- {Load varioref.sty}}
- \providecommand{\reftextfaraway}{%
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {The vref=far option used, but varioref.sty not loaded.}%
- {Load varioref.sty}}
- \providecommand{\vpagerefrange}{%
- \PackageError{\RS@pkgname}%
- {The vref option used, but varioref.sty not loaded.}%
- {Load varioref.sty}}
- }
-\def\RSaddto#1#2{%
- #2%
- \@temptokena{#2}%
- \ifx#1\relax
- \let#1\@empty
- \fi
- \ifx#1\undefined
- \edef#1{\the\@temptokena}%
- \else
- \toks@\expandafter{#1}%
- \edef#1{\the\toks@\the\@temptokena}%
- \fi
- \@temptokena{}\toks@\@temptokena}
-\def\DeclareLangOpt#1#2{%
- \edef\RS@tempa{\expandafter\@gobble\string#2}%
- \RS@ifundefined{\RS@tempa}%
- {\PackageError{\RS@pkgname}{%
- Unknown definitions \@backslashchar\RS@tempa\MessageBreak
- for language option `#1'}{}}%
- {\DeclareOption{#1}{%
- \AtBeginDocument{\expandafter\RSaddto\csname extras#1\endcsname #2}}}%
- }
-\newcommand*{\RS@cfgfile}{refstyle.cfg}
-\newcommand*{\RS@reffile}{refstyle.def}
-\@ifpackagewith{\@currname}{noconfig}%
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{No config file loaded}}%
- {\InputIfFileExists{\RS@reffile}%
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{Local config file \RS@reffile\space used}}
- {\InputIfFileExists{\RS@cfgfile}%
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{Config file \RS@cfgfile\space used}}%
- {\PackageInfo{\RS@pkgname}{No config file found}}}}
-\DeclareOption{noconfig}{\OptionNotUsed}%
-\ProcessOptions*\relax
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `refstyle.sty'.